summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorRoger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org>2025-10-15 05:22:15 -0700
committerRoger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org>2025-10-15 05:22:15 -0700
commit5897f359b7361fae38a6ba771d79a10c3194a139 (patch)
tree763b9e5206cf30ce25cc7fd0801fcaa6da174854
initial commit of ebook 3751HEADmain
-rw-r--r--.gitattributes3
-rw-r--r--3751.txt7440
-rw-r--r--3751.zipbin0 -> 146624 bytes
-rw-r--r--LICENSE.txt11
-rw-r--r--README.md2
5 files changed, 7456 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/3751.txt b/3751.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..142f81d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/3751.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7440 @@
+Project Gutenberg Etext The Psychology of Beauty, by Ethel D. Puffer
+
+Copyright laws are changing all over the world, be sure to check
+the laws for your country before redistributing these files!!!
+
+Please take a look at the important information in this header.
+We encourage you to keep this file on your own disk, keeping an
+electronic path open for the next readers.
+
+Please do not remove this.
+
+This should be the first thing seen when anyone opens the book.
+Do not change or edit it without written permission. The words
+are carefully chosen to provide users with the information they
+need about what they can legally do with the texts.
+
+
+**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts**
+
+**Etexts Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971**
+
+*****These Etexts Are Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!*****
+
+Information on contacting Project Gutenberg to get Etexts, and
+further information is included below, including for donations.
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a 501(c)(3)
+organization with EIN [Employee Identification Number] 64-6221541
+
+
+
+Title: The Psychology of Beauty
+
+Author: Ethel D. Puffer
+
+Release Date: February, 2003 [Etext #3751]
+[Yes, we are about one year ahead of schedule]
+[The actual date this file first posted = 08/21/01]
+
+Edition: 10
+
+Language: English
+
+Project Gutenberg Etext The Psychology of Beauty, by Ethel D. Puffer
+********This file should be named 3751.txt or 3751.zip********
+
+This Project Gutenberg Etext prepared by Tony Adam
+Anthony-adam@tamu.edu
+
+Project Gutenberg Etexts are usually created from multiple editions,
+all of which are in the Public Domain in the United States, unless a
+copyright notice is included. Therefore, we usually do NOT keep any
+of these books in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+We are now trying to release all our books one year in advance
+of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing.
+Please be encouraged to send us error messages even years after
+the official publication date.
+
+Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til
+midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement.
+The official release date of all Project Gutenberg Etexts is at
+Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A
+preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment
+and editing by those who wish to do so.
+
+Most people start at our sites at:
+https://gutenberg.org
+http://promo.net/pg
+
+
+Those of you who want to download any Etext before announcement
+can surf to them as follows, and just download by date; this is
+also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the
+indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an
+announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter.
+
+http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext03
+or
+ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext03
+
+Or /etext02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90
+
+Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want,
+as it appears in our Newsletters.
+
+
+Information about Project Gutenberg (one page)
+
+We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The
+time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours
+to get any etext selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright
+searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. This
+projected audience is one hundred million readers. If our value
+per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2
+million dollars per hour this year as we release fifty new Etext
+files per month, or 500 more Etexts in 2000 for a total of 3000+
+If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total
+should reach over 300 billion Etexts given away by year's end.
+
+The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away One Trillion Etext
+Files by December 31, 2001. [10,000 x 100,000,000 = 1 Trillion]
+This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers,
+which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users.
+
+At our revised rates of production, we will reach only one-third
+of that goal by the end of 2001, or about 4,000 Etexts unless we
+manage to get some real funding.
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created
+to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium.
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+As of July 12, 2001 contributions are only being solicited from people in:
+Arkansas, Colorado, Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Idaho,
+Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts, Minnesota,
+Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, New Mexico, Nevada, New Jersey, New York, North
+Carolina, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South Dakota,
+Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West Virginia,
+Wisconsin, and Wyoming.
+
+We have filed in about 45 states now, but these are the only ones
+that have responded.
+
+As the requirements for other states are met,
+additions to this list will be made and fund raising
+will begin in the additional states. Please feel
+free to ask to check the status of your state.
+
+In answer to various questions we have received on this:
+
+We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork
+to legally request donations in all 50 states. If
+your state is not listed and you would like to know
+if we have added it since the list you have, just ask.
+
+While we cannot solicit donations from people in
+states where we are not yet registered, we know
+of no prohibition against accepting donations
+from donors in these states who approach us with
+an offer to donate.
+
+
+International donations are accepted,
+but we don't know ANYTHING about how
+to make them tax-deductible, or
+even if they CAN be made deductible,
+and don't have the staff to handle it
+even if there are ways.
+
+All donations should be made to:
+
+Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+PMB 113
+1739 University Ave.
+Oxford, MS 38655-4109
+
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a 501(c)(3)
+organization with EIN [Employee Identification Number] 64-6221541,
+and has been approved as a 501(c)(3) organization by the US Internal
+Revenue Service (IRS). Donations are tax-deductible to the maximum
+extent permitted by law. As the requirements for other states are met,
+additions to this list will be made and fund raising will begin in the
+additional states.
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+You can get up to date donation information at:
+
+https://www.gutenberg.org/donation.html
+
+
+***
+
+If you can't reach Project Gutenberg,
+you can always email directly to:
+
+Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com>
+
+hart@pobox.com forwards to hart@prairienet.org and archive.org
+if your mail bounces from archive.org, I will still see it, if
+it bounces from prairienet.org, better resend later on. . . .
+
+Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message.
+
+We would prefer to send you information by email.
+
+
+***
+
+
+Example command-line FTP session:
+
+ftp ftp.ibiblio.org
+login: anonymous
+password: your@login
+cd pub/docs/books/gutenberg
+cd etext90 through etext99 or etext00 through etext02, etc.
+dir [to see files]
+get or mget [to get files. . .set bin for zip files]
+GET GUTINDEX.?? [to get a year's listing of books, e.g., GUTINDEX.99]
+GET GUTINDEX.ALL [to get a listing of ALL books]
+
+
+**The Legal Small Print**
+
+
+(Three Pages)
+
+***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS**START***
+Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers.
+They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with
+your copy of this etext, even if you got it for free from
+someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our
+fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement
+disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how
+you may distribute copies of this etext if you want to.
+
+*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS ETEXT
+By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
+etext, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept
+this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive
+a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this etext by
+sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person
+you got it from. If you received this etext on a physical
+medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request.
+
+ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM ETEXTS
+This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etexts,
+is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart
+through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project").
+Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright
+on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and
+distribute it in the United States without permission and
+without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth
+below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this etext
+under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark.
+
+Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market
+any commercial products without permission.
+
+To create these etexts, the Project expends considerable
+efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain
+works. Despite these efforts, the Project's etexts and any
+medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other
+things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged
+disk or other etext medium, a computer virus, or computer
+codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment.
+
+LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES
+But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below,
+[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may
+receive this etext from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext) disclaims
+all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including
+legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR
+UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT,
+INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE
+OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+If you discover a Defect in this etext within 90 days of
+receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any)
+you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that
+time to the person you received it from. If you received it
+on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and
+such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement
+copy. If you received it electronically, such person may
+choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to
+receive it electronically.
+
+THIS ETEXT IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS
+TO THE ETEXT OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
+PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or
+the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the
+above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you
+may have other legal rights.
+
+INDEMNITY
+You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation,
+and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated
+with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
+texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including
+legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the
+following that you do or cause: [1] distribution of this etext,
+[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the etext,
+or [3] any Defect.
+
+DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm"
+You may distribute copies of this etext electronically, or by
+disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this
+"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg,
+or:
+
+[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this
+ requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the
+ etext or this "small print!" statement. You may however,
+ if you wish, distribute this etext in machine readable
+ binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form,
+ including any form resulting from conversion by word
+ processing or hypertext software, but only so long as
+ *EITHER*:
+
+ [*] The etext, when displayed, is clearly readable, and
+ does *not* contain characters other than those
+ intended by the author of the work, although tilde
+ (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may
+ be used to convey punctuation intended by the
+ author, and additional characters may be used to
+ indicate hypertext links; OR
+
+ [*] The etext may be readily converted by the reader at
+ no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent
+ form by the program that displays the etext (as is
+ the case, for instance, with most word processors);
+ OR
+
+ [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at
+ no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the
+ etext in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC
+ or other equivalent proprietary form).
+
+[2] Honor the etext refund and replacement provisions of this
+ "Small Print!" statement.
+
+[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the
+ gross profits you derive calculated using the method you
+ already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you
+ don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are
+ payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation"
+ the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were
+ legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent
+ periodic) tax return. Please contact us beforehand to
+ let us know your plans and to work out the details.
+
+WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO?
+Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of
+public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed
+in machine readable form.
+
+The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time,
+public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses.
+Money should be paid to the:
+"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or
+software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at:
+hart@pobox.com
+
+[Portions of this header are copyright (C) 2001 by Michael S. Hart
+and may be reprinted only when these Etexts are free of all fees.]
+[Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be used in any sales
+of Project Gutenberg Etexts or other materials be they hardware or
+software or any other related product without express permission.]
+
+*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS*Ver.07/27/01*END*
+
+
+
+
+
+This Project Gutenberg Etext prepared by Tony Adam
+Anthony-adam@tamu.edu
+
+
+
+
+
+The Psychology of Beauty
+
+by Ethel D. Puffer
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE
+
+THE human being who thrills to the experience of beauty in
+nature and in art does not forever rest with that experience
+unquestioned. The day comes when he yearns to pierce the
+secret of his emotion, to discover what it is, and why, that
+has so stung him--to defend and to justify his transport to
+himself and to others. He seeks a reason for the faith that
+is in him. And so have arisen the speculative theories of
+the nature of beauty, on the one hand, and the studies of
+concrete beauty and our feelings about it, on the other.
+Speculative theory has taken its own way, however, as a
+part of philosophy, in relating the Beautiful to the other
+great concepts of the True and the Good; building up an
+architectonic of abstract ideas, far from the immediate
+facts and problems of the enjoyment of beauty. There has
+grown up, on the other hand, in the last years, a great
+literature of special studies in the facts of aesthetic
+production and enjoyment. Experiments with the aesthetic
+elements; investigations into the physiological psychology
+of aesthetic reactions; studies in the genesis and development
+of art forms, have multiplied apace. But these are still
+mere groups of facts for psychology; they have not been taken
+up into a single authoritative principle. Psychology cannot
+do justice to the imperative of beauty, by virtue of which,
+when we say "this is beautiful," we have a right to imply
+that the universe must agree with us. A synthesis of these
+tendencies in the study of beauty is needed, in which the
+results of modern psychology shall help to make intelligible
+a philosophical theory of beauty. The chief purpose of this
+book is to seek to effect such a union.
+
+A way of defining Beauty which grounds it in general principles,
+while allowing it to reach the concrete case, is set forth in
+the essay on the Nature of Beauty. The following chapters aim
+to expand, to test, and to confirm this central theory, by
+showing, partly by the aid of the aforesaid special studies,
+how it accounts for our pleasure in pictures, music, and
+literature.
+
+The whole field of beauty is thus brought under discussion;
+and therefore, though it nowhere seeks to be exhaustive in
+treatment, the book may fairly claim to be a more or less
+consistent and complete aesthetic theory, and hence to
+address itself to the student of aesthetics as well as to the
+general reader. The chapter on the Nature of Beauty, indeed,
+will doubtless be found by the latter somewhat technical, and
+should be omitted by all who definitely object to professional
+phraseology. The general conclusions of the book are
+sufficiently stated in the less abstract papers.
+
+Of the essays which compose the following volume, the first,
+third, and last are reprinted, in more or less revised form,
+from the "Atlantic Monthly" and the "International Monthly."
+Although written as independent papers, it is thought that
+they do not unduly repeat each other, but that they serve to
+verify, in each of the several realms of beauty, the truth
+of the central theory of the book.
+
+The various influences which have served to shape a work of
+this kind become evident in the reading; but I cannot refrain
+from a word of thanks to the teachers whose inspiration and
+encouragement first made it possible. I owe much gratitude
+to Professor Mary A. Jordan and Professor H. Norman Gardiner
+of Smith College, who in literature and in philosophy first
+set me in the way of aesthetic interest and inquiry, and to
+Professor Hugo Munsterberg of Harvard University, whose
+philosophical theories and scientific guidance have largely
+influenced my thought.
+
+WELLESLEY COLLEGE, April 24, 1905.
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+ PAGE
+I. CRITICISM AND AESTHETICS.............................1
+II. THE NATURE OF BEAUTY................................27
+III. THE AESTHETIC REPOSE................................57
+IV. THE BEAUTY OF FINE ART..............................89
+ A. THE BEAUTY OF VISUAL FORM.....................91
+ B. SPACE COMPOSITION AMONG THE OLD MASTERS......128
+V. THE BEAUTY OF MUSIC................................149
+VI. THE BEAUTY OF LITERATURE...........................203
+VII. THE NATURE OF THE EMOTIONS OF THE DRAMA............229
+VIII. THE BEAUTY OF IDEAS................................263
+
+
+
+I
+CRITICISM AND AESTHETICS
+
+
+
+THE PSYCHOLOGY OF BEAUTY
+
+I
+CRITICISM AND AESTHETICS
+
+IT is not so long ago that the field of literary criticism
+was divided into two opposing camps. France being the only
+country in the world where criticism is a serious matter,
+the battle waged most fiercely there, and doubtless greatly
+served to bring about the present general interest and
+understanding of the theoretical questions at issue. The
+combatants were, of course, the impressionistic and scientific
+schools of criticism, and particularly enlightening were the
+more or less recent controversies between MM. Anatole France
+and Jules Lemaitre as representatives of the first, and M.
+Brunetiere as the chief exponent of the second. They have
+planted their standards; and we see that they stand for
+tendencies in the critical activity of every nation. The
+ideal of the impressionist is to bring a new piece of
+literature into being in some exquisitely happy characterization,--
+to create a lyric of criticism out of the unique pleasure of
+an aesthetic hour. The stronghold of the scientist, on the
+other hand, is the doctrine of literary evolution, and his
+aim is to show the history of literature as the history of
+a process, and the work of literature as a product; to explain
+it from its preceding causes, and to detect thereby the general
+laws of literary metamorphosis.
+
+Such are the two great lines of modern criticism; their purposes
+and ideals stand diametrically opposed. Of late, however, there
+have not been wanting signs of a spirit of reconciliation, and
+of a tendency to concede the value, each in its own sphere, of
+different but complementary activities. Now and again the
+lion and the lamb have lain down together; one might almost say,
+on reading a delightful paper of Mr. Lewis E. Gates on
+Impressionism and Appreciation,<1> that the lamb had assimilated
+the lion. For the heir of all literary studies, according to
+Professor Gates, is the appreciative critic; and he it is who
+shall fulfill the true function of criticism. He is to
+consider the work of art in its historical setting and its
+psychological origin, "as a characteristic moment in the
+development of human spirit, and as a delicately transparent
+illustration of aesthetic law." But, "in regarding the work
+of art under all these aspects, his aim is, primarily, not to
+explain, and not to judge or dogmatize, but to enjoy; to
+realize the manifold charms the work of art has gathered unto
+itself from all sources, and to interpret this charm imaginatively
+to the men of his own day and generation."
+
+<1> Atlantic Monthly, July, 1900.
+
+Thus it would seem that if the report of his personal reactions
+to a work of literary art is the intention of the impressionist,
+and its explanation that of the scientist, the purpose of the
+appreciative critic is fairly named as the illuminating and
+interpreting reproduction of that work, from material furnished
+by those other forms of critical activity. Must, then, the
+method of appreciation, as combining and reconciling the two
+opposed views, forthwith claim our adherence? To put to use
+all the devices of science and all the treasures of scholarship
+for the single end of imaginative interpretation, for the sake
+of giving with the original melody all the harmonies of subtle
+association and profound meaning the ages have added, is, indeed,
+a great undertaking. But is it as valuable as it is vast? M.
+Brunetiere has poured out his irony upon the critics who believe
+that their own reactions upon literature are anything to us in
+the presence of the works to which they have thrilled. May it
+not also be asked of the interpreter if its function is a
+necessary one? Do we require so much enlightenment, only to
+enjoy? Appreciative criticism is a salt to give the dull
+palate its full savor; but what literary epicure, what real
+boo-lover, will acknowledge his own need of it? If the whole
+aim of appreciative criticism is to reproduce in other
+arrangement the contents, expressed and implied, and the
+emotional value, original and derived, of a piece of literature,
+the value of the end, at least to the intelligent reader, is
+out of all proportion to the laboriousness of the means. Sing,
+reading's a joy! For me, I read.
+
+But a feeling of this kind is, after all, not a reason to be
+urged against the method. The real weakness of appreciative
+criticism lies elsewhere. It teaches us to enjoy; but are we
+to enjoy everything? Since its only aim is to reveal the
+"intricate implications" of a work of art; since it offers,
+and professes to offer, no literary judgments,--having indeed
+no explicit standard of literary value,--it must, at least
+on its own theory, take its objects of appreciation ready-made,
+so to speak, by popular acclaim. It possesses no criterion;
+it likes whate'er it looks on; and it can never tell us what
+we are not to like. That is unsatisfactory; and it is worse,--
+it is self-destructive. For, not being able to reject,
+appreciation cannot, in logic, choose the objects of its
+attention. But a method which cannot limit on its own principles
+the field within which it is to work is condemned from the
+beginning; it bears a fallacy at its core. In order to make
+criticism theoretically possible at all, the power to choose
+and reject, and so the pronouncing of judgment, must be an
+integral part of it.
+
+To such a task the critic may lend himself without arousing
+our antagonism. We have no pressing need to know the latent
+possibilities of emotion for us in a book or a poem; but whether
+it is excellent or the reverse, whether "we were right in being
+moved by it," we are indeed willing to hear, for we desire to
+justify the faith that is in us.
+
+If, then, the office of the judge be an essential part of the
+critical function, the appreciative critic, whatever his other
+merits,--and we shall examine them later,--fails at least of
+perfection. His scheme is not the ideal one; and we may turn
+back, in our search for it, to a closer view of those which
+his was to supersede. Impressionism, however, is at once out
+of the running; it has always vigorously repudiated the notion
+of the standard, and we know, therefore, that no more than
+appreciation can it choose its material and stand alone. But
+scientific criticism professes, at least, the true faith M.
+Brunetiere holds that his own method is the only one by which
+an impersonal and stable judgment can be rendered.
+
+The doctrine of the evolution of literary species is more or
+less explained in naming it. Literary species, M. Brunetiere
+maintains, do exist. They develop and are transformed into
+others in a way more or less analogous to the evolution of
+natural types. It remains to see on what basis an objective
+judgment can be given. Although M. Brunetiere seems to make
+classification the disposal of a work in the hierarchy of
+species, and judgment the disposal of it in relation to others
+of its own species, he has never sharply distinguished between
+them; so that we shall not be wrong in taking his three
+principles of classification, scientific, moral, and aesthetic,
+as three principles by which he estimates the excellence of a
+work. His own examples, indeed, prove that to him a thing is
+already judged in being classified. The work of art is judged,
+then, by its relation to the type. Is this position tenable?
+I hold that, on the contrary, it precludes the possibility of
+a critical judgment; for the judgment of anything always means
+judgment with reference to the end for which is exists. A bad
+king is not the less a bad king for being a good father; and
+if his kingship is his essential function, he must be judged
+with reference to that alone. Now a piece of literature is,
+with reference to its end, first of all a work of art. It
+represents life and it enjoins morality, but it is only as a
+work of art that it attains consideration; that, in the words
+of M. Lemaitre, it "exists" for us at all. Its aim is beauty,
+and beauty is its excuse for being.
+
+The type belongs to natural history. The one principle at the
+basis of scientific criticism is, as we have seen, the
+conception of literary history as a process, and of the work
+of art as a product. The work of art is, then, a moment in a
+necessary succession, governed by laws of change and adaptation
+like those of natural evolution. But how can the conception of
+values enter here? Excellence can be attributed only to that
+which attains an ideal end; and a necessary succession has no
+end in itself. The "type," in this sense, is perfectly hollow.
+To say that the modern chrysanthemum is better than that of
+our forbears because it is more chrysanthemum-like is true only
+if we make the latter form the arbitrary standard of the
+chrysanthemum. If the horse of the Eocene age is inferior to
+the horse of to-day, it is because, on M. Brunetiere's principle,
+he is less horse-like. But who shall decide which is more like
+a horse, the original or the latter development? No species
+which is constituted by its own history can be said to have
+an end in itself, and can, therefore, have an excellence to
+which it shall attain. In short, good and bad can be applied
+to the moments in a necessary evolution only by imputing a
+fictitious superiority to the last term; and so one type cannot
+logically be preferred to another. As for the individual
+specimens, since the conception of the type does not admit the
+principle of excellence, conformity thereto means nothing.
+
+The work of art, on the other hand, as a thing of beauty, is
+an attainment of an ideal, not a product, and, from this point
+of view, is related not at all to the other terms of a succession,
+its causes and its effects, but only to the abstract principles
+of that beauty at which it aims. Strangely enough, the whole
+principle of this contention has been admitted by M. Brunetiere
+in a casual sentence, of which he does not appear to recognize
+the full significance. "We acknowledge, of course," he says,
+"that there is in criticism a certain difference from natural
+history, since we cannot eliminate the subjective element if
+the capacity works of art have of producing impressions on us
+makes a part of their definition. It is not in order to be
+eaten that the tree produces its fruit." But this is giving
+away his whole position! As little as the conformity of the
+fruit to its species has to do with our pleasure in eating it,
+just so little has the conformity of a literary work to its
+genre to do with the quality by virtue of which it is defined
+as art.
+
+The Greek temple is a product of Greek religion applied to
+geographical conditions. To comprehend it as a type, we must
+know that it was an adaptation of the open hilltop to the
+purpose of the worship of images of the gods. But the most
+penetrating study of the slow moulding of this type will never
+reveal how and why just those proportions were chosen which
+make the joy and the despair of all beholders. Early Italian
+art was purely ecclesiastical in its origin. The exigencies
+of adaptation to altars, convent walls, or cathedral domes
+explain the choice of subjects, the composition, even perhaps
+the color schemes (as of frescoes, for instance); and yet all
+that makes a Giotto greater than a Pictor Ignotus is quite
+unaccounted for by these considerations.
+
+The quality of beauty is not evolved. All that comes under
+the category of material and practical purpose, of idea or of
+moral attitude, belongs to the succession, the evolution, the
+type But the defining characters of the work of art are
+independent of time. The temple, the fresco, and the symphony,
+in the moment they become objects of the critical judgment,
+become also qualities of beauty and transparent examples of
+its laws.
+
+If the true critical judgment, then, belongs to an order of
+ideas of which natural science can take no cognizance, the
+self-styled scientific criticism must show the strange paradox
+of ignoring the very qualities by virtue of which a given work
+has any value, or can come at all to be the object of aesthetic
+judgment. In two words, the world of beauty and the world of
+natural processes are incommensurable, and scientific criticism
+of literary art is a logical impossibility.
+
+But the citadel of scientific criticism has yet one more
+stronghold. Granted that beauty, as an abstract quality, is
+timeless; granted that, in the judgment of a piece of literary
+art, the standard of value is the canon of beauty, not the
+type; yet the old order changeth. Primitive and civilized man,
+the Hottentot and the Laplander, the Oriental and the Slav,
+have desired differing beauties. May it, then, still be said
+that although a given embodiment of beauty is to be judged
+with reference to the idea of beauty alone, yet the concrete
+ideal of beauty must wear the manacles of space and time,--
+that the metamorphoses of taste preclude the notion of an
+objective beauty? And if this is true, are we not thrown
+back again on questions of genesis and development, and a
+study of the evolution, not of particular types of art, but
+of general aesthetic feeling; and, in consequence, upon a
+form of criticism which is scientific in the sense of being
+based on succession, and not on absolute value?
+
+It is indeed true that the very possibility of a criticism
+which shall judge of aesthetic excellence must stand or fall
+with this other question of a beauty in itself, as an objective
+foundation for criticism. If there is an absolute beauty, it
+must be possible to work out a system of principles which shall
+embody its laws,--an aesthetic, in other words; and on the basis
+of that aesthetic to deliver a well-founded critical judgment.
+Is there, then, a beauty in itself? And if so, in what does
+it consist?
+
+We can approach such an aesthetic canon in two ways: from the
+standpoint of philosophy, which develops the idea of beauty as
+a factor in the system of our absolute values, side by side
+with the ideas of truth and of morality, or from the standpoint
+of empirical science. For our present purpose, we may confine
+ourselves to the empirical facts of psychology and physiology.
+
+When I feel the rhythm of poetry, or of perfect prose, which
+is, of course, in its own way, no less rhythmical, every
+sensation of sound sends through me a diffusive wave of nervous
+energy. I am the rhythm because I imitate it in myself. I
+march to noble music in all my veins, even though I may be
+sitting decorously by my own hearthstone; and when I sweep with
+my eyes the outlines of a great picture, the curve of a Greek
+vase, the arches of a cathedral, every line is lived over again
+in my own frame. And when rhythm and melody and forms and
+colors give me pleasure, it is because the imitating impulses
+and movements that have arisen in me are such as suit, help,
+heighten my physical organization in general and in particular.
+It may seem somewhat trivial to say that a curved line is
+pleasing because the eye is so hung as to move best in it;
+but we may take it as one instance of the numberless conditions
+for healthy action which a beautiful form fulfills. A well-
+composed picture calls up in the spectator just such a balanced
+relation of impulses of attention and incipient movements as
+suits an organism which is also balanced--bilateral--in its
+own impulses to movement, and at the same time stable; and it
+is the correspondence of the suggested impulses with the
+natural movement that makes the composition good. Besides the
+pleasure from the tone relations,--which doubtless can be
+eventually reduced to something of the same kind,--it is the
+balance of nervous and muscular tensions and relaxations, of
+yearnings and satisfactions, which are the subjective side of
+the beauty of a strain of music. The basis, in short, of any
+aesthetic experience--poetry, music, painting, and the rest--
+is beautiful through its harmony with the conditions offered
+by our senses, primarily of sight and hearing, and through
+the harmony of the suggestions and impulses it arouses with
+the whole organism.
+
+But the sensuous beauty of art does not exhaust the aesthetic
+experience. What of the special emotions--the gayety or
+triumph, the sadness or peace or agitation--that hang about
+the work of art, and make, for many, the greater part of their
+delight in it? Those among these special emotions which belong
+to the subject-matter of a work--like our horror at the picture
+of an execution--need not here be discussed. To understand the
+rest we may venture for a moment into the realm of pure
+psychology. We are told by psychology that emotion is dependent
+on the organic excitations of any given idea. Thus fear at the
+sight of a bear is only the reverberation in consciousness of
+all nervous and vascular changes set up instinctively as a
+preparation for flight. Think away our bodily feelings, and
+we think away fear, too. And set up the bodily changes and the
+feeling of them, and we have the emotion that belongs to them
+even without the idea, as we may see in the unmotived panics
+that sometimes accompany certain heart disturbances. The same
+thing, on another level, is a familiar experience. A glass of
+wine makes merriment, simply by bringing about those organic
+states which are felt emotionally as cheerfulness. Now the
+application of all this to aesthetics is clear. All these
+tensions, relaxations,--bodily "imitations" of the form,--have
+each the emotional tone which belongs to it. And so if the
+music of a Strauss waltz makes us gay, and Handel's Largo
+serious, it is not because we are reminded of the ballroom or
+of the cathedral, but because the physical response to the
+stimulus of the music is itself the basis of the emotion.
+What makes the sense of peace in the atmosphere of the Low
+Countries? Only the tendency, on following those level lines
+of landscape, to assume ourselves the horizontal, and the
+restfulness which belongs to that posture. If the crimson of
+a picture by Bocklin, or the golden glow of a Giorgione, or
+the fantastic gleam of a Rembrandt speaks to me like a human
+voice, it is not because it expresses to me an idea, but
+because it impresses that sensibility which is deeper than
+ideas,--the region of the emotional response to color and to
+light. What is the beauty of the "Ulalume," or "Kubla Khan,"
+or "Ueber allen Gipfeln"? It is the way in which the form
+in its exquisite fitness to our senses, and the emotion
+belonging to that particular form as organic reverberation
+therefrom, in its exquisite fitness to thought, create in us
+a delight quite unaccounted for by the ideas which they
+express. This is the essence of beauty,--the possession of
+a quality which excites the human organism to functioning
+harmonious with its own nature.
+
+We can see in this definition the possibility of an aesthetic
+which shall have objective validity because founded in the
+eternal properties of human nature, while it yet allows us to
+understand that in the limits within which, by education and
+environment, the empirical man changes, his norms of beauty
+must vary, too. Ideas can change in interest and in value,
+but these energies lie much deeper than the idea, in the
+original constitution of mankind. They belong to the
+instinctive, involuntary part of our nature. They are
+changeless, just as the "eternal man" is changeless; and as
+the basis of aesthetic feeling they can be gathered into a
+system of laws which shall be subject to no essential
+metamorphosis. So long as we laugh when we are joyful, and
+weep when we are sick and sorry; so long as we flush with
+anger, or grow pale with fear, so long shall we thrill to a
+golden sunset, the cadence of an air, or the gloomy spaces
+of a cathedral.
+
+The study of these forms of harmonious functioning of the
+human organism has its roots, of course, in the science of
+psychology, but comes, nevertheless, to a different flower,
+because of the grafting on of the element of aesthetic value.
+It is the study of the disinterested human pleasures, and,
+although as yet scarcely well begun, capable of a most
+detailed and definitive treatment.
+
+This is not the character of those studies so casually alluded
+to by the author of "Impressionism and Appreciation," when he
+enjoins on the appreciative critic not to neglect the literature
+of aesthetics: "The characteristics of his [the artist's]
+temperament have been noted with the nicest loyalty; and
+particularly the play of his special faculty, the imagination,
+as this faculty through the use of sensations and images and
+moods and ideas creates a work of art, has been followed out
+with the utmost delicacy of observation." But these are not
+properly studies in aesthetics at all. To find out what is
+beautiful, and the reason for its being beautiful, is the
+aesthetic task; to analyze the workings of the poet's mind,
+as his conception grows and ramifies and brightens, is no part
+of it, because such a study takes no account of the aesthetic
+value of the process, but only of the process itself. The
+same fallacy lurks here, indeed, as in the confusion of the
+scientific critic between literary evolution and poetic
+achievement, and the test of the fallacy is this single fact:
+the psychological process in the development of a dramatic
+idea, for instance, is, and quite properly should be, from
+the point of view of such analysis, exactly the same for a
+Shakespeare and for the Hoyt of our American farces.
+
+The cause of the production of a work of art may indeed by
+found by tracing back the stream of thought; but the cause
+of its beauty is the desire and the sense of beauty in the
+human heart. If a given combination of lines and colors is
+beautiful, then the anticipation of the combination as
+beautiful is what has brought about its incarnation. The
+artist's attitude toward his vision of beauty, and the art
+lover's toward that vision realized, are the same. The only
+legitimate aesthetic analysis is, then, that of the relation
+between the aesthetic object and the lover of beauty, and all
+the studies in the psychology of invention--be it literary,
+scientific, or practical invention--have no right to the
+other name.
+
+Aesthetics, then, is the science of beauty. It will be
+developed as a system of laws expressing the relation between
+the object and aesthetic pleasure in it; or as a system of
+conditions to which the object, in order to be beautiful,
+must conform. It is hard to say where the task of the
+aesthetician ends, and that of the critic begins; and for
+the present, at least, they must often be commingled. But
+they are defined by their purposes: the end and aim of one
+is a system of principles; of the other, the disposal of a
+given work with reference to those principles; and when the
+science of aesthetics shall have taken shape, criticism will
+confine itself to the analysis of the work into its aesthetic
+elements, to the explanation (by means of the laws already
+formulated) of its especial power in the realm of beauty,
+and to the judgment of its comparative aesthetic value.
+
+The other forms of critical activity will then find their
+true place as preliminaries or supplements to the essential
+function of criticism. The study of historical conditions,
+of authors' personal relations, of the literary "moment,"
+will be means to show the work of art "as in itself it really
+is." Shall we then say that the method of appreciation, being
+an unusually exhaustive presentment of the object as in itself
+it really is, is therefore an indispensable preparation for
+the critical judgment? The modern appreciator, after the
+model limned by Professor Gates, was to strive to get, as it
+were, the aerial perspective of a masterpiece,--to present it
+as it looks across the blue depths of the years. This is
+without doubt a fascinating study; but it may be questioned
+if it does not darken the more important issue. For it is
+not the object as in itself it really is that we at last
+behold, but the object disguised in new and strange trappings.
+Such appreciation is to aesthetic criticism as the sentimental
+to the naive poet in Schiller's famous antithesis. The virtue
+of the sentimental genius is to complete by the elements which
+it derives from itself an otherwise defective object. So the
+aesthetic critic takes his natural need of beauty from the
+object; the appreciative critic seeks a further beauty outside
+of the object, in his own reflections and fancies about it.
+But if we care greatly for the associations of literature, we
+Are in danger of disregarding its quality. A vast deal of
+pretty sentiment may hang about and all but transmute the most
+prosaic object. A sedan chair, an old screen, a sundial,--to
+quote only Austin Dobson,--need not be lovely in themselves to
+serve as pegs to hang a poem on; and all the atmosphere of the
+eighteenth century may be wafted from a jar of potpourri. Read
+a lyric instead of a rose jar, and the rule holds as well. The
+man of feeling cannot but find all Ranelagh and Vauxhall in
+some icily regular effusion of the eighteenth century, and will
+take a deeper retrospective thrill from an old playbill than
+from the play itself. And since this is so,--since the interest
+in the overtones, the added value given by time, the value for
+us, is not necessarily related to the value as literature of the
+fundamental note,--to make the study of the overtones an
+essential part of criticism is to be guilty of the Pathetic
+Fallacy; that is, the falsification of the object by the
+intrusion of ourselves,--the typical sentimental crime.
+
+It seems to me, indeed, that instead of courting a sense for
+the aromatic in literature, the critic should rather guard
+himself against its insidious approaches. Disporting himself
+in such pleasures of the fancy, he finds it easy to believe,
+and to make us believe, that a piece of literature gains in
+intrinsic value from its power to stimulate his historical
+sense. The modern appreciative critic, in short, is too likely
+to be the dupe of his "sophisticated reverie,"--like an epicure
+who should not taste the meat for the sauces. A master work,
+once beautiful according to the great and general laws, never
+becomes, properly speaking, either more or less so. If a piece
+of art can take us with its own beauty, there is no point in
+superimposing upon it shades of sentiment; if it cannot so
+charm, all the rose-colored lights of this kind of appreciative
+criticism are unavailing.
+
+The "literary" treatment of art, as the "emotional" treatment of literature,--for that is what "appreciation" and "interpretation"
+really are,--can completely justify itself only as the crowning
+touch of a detailed aesthetic analysis of those "order of
+impression distinct in kind" which are the primary elements in
+our pleasure in the beautiful. It is the absence--and not only
+the absence, but the ignoring of the possibility--of such
+analysis which tempts one to rebel against such phrases as those
+of Professor Gates: "the splendid and victorious womanhood of
+Titian's Madonnas," "the gentle and terrestrial grace of
+motherhood in those of Andrea del Sarto," the "sweetly ordered
+comeliness of Van Dyck's." One is moved to ask if the only
+difference between a Madonna of Titian and one of Andrea is a
+difference of temper, and if the important matter for the
+critic of art is the moral conception rather than the visible
+beauty.
+
+I cannot think of anything for which I would exchange the
+enchanting volumes of Walter Pater, and yet even he is not the
+ideal aesthetic critic whose duties he made clear. What he has
+done is to give us the most exquisite and delicate of
+interpretations. He has not failed to "disengage" the subtle
+and peculiar pleasure that each picture, each poem or
+personality, has in store for us; but of analysis and explanation
+of this pleasure--of which he speaks in the Introduction to "The
+Renaissance"--there is no more. In the first lines of his paper
+on Botticelli, the author asks, "What is the peculiar sensation
+which his work has the property of exciting in us?" And to
+what does he finally come? "The peculiar character of Botticelli
+is the result of a blending in him of a sympathy for humanity
+in its uncertain conditions...with his consciousness of the
+shadow upon it of the great things from which it sinks." But
+this is not aesthetic analysis! It is not even the record of
+a "peculiar sensation," but a complex intellectual interpretation.
+Where is the pleasure in the irrepressible outline, fascinating
+in its falseness,--in the strange color, like the taste of
+olives, of the Spring and the Pallas? So, also, his great
+passage on the Mona Lisa, his "Winckelmann," even his "Giorgione"
+itself, are merely wonderful delineations of the mood of
+response to the creations of the art in question. Such
+interpretation as we have from Pater is a priceless treasure,
+but it is none the less the final cornice, and not the corner
+stone of aesthetic criticism.
+
+The tendency to interpretation without any basis in aesthetic
+explanation is especially seen in the subject of our original
+discussion,--literature. It is indeed remarkable how scanty
+is the space given in contemporary criticism to the study of
+an author's means to those results which we ourselves
+experience. Does no one really care how it is done? Or are
+they all in the secret, and interested only in the temperament
+expressed or the aspect of life envisaged in a given work?
+One would have thought that as the painter turned critic in
+Fromentin at least to a certain extent sought out and dealt
+with the hidden workings of his art, so the romancer or the
+poet-critic might also have told off for us "the very pulse
+of the machine." The last word has not been said on the
+mysteries of the writer's art. We know, it may be, how the
+links of Shakespeare's magic chain of words are forged, but
+the same cannot be said of any other poet. We have studied
+Dante's philosophy and his ideal of love; but have we found
+out the secrets of his "inventive handling of rhythmical
+language"? If Flaubert is univerally acknowledged to have
+created a masterpiece in "Madame Bovary," should there not
+be an interest for criticism in following out, chapter by
+chapter, paragraph by paragraph, word by word, the meaning
+of what it is to be a masterpiece? But such seems not to
+be the case. Taine reconstructs the English temperament out
+of Fielding and Dickens; Matthew Arnold, although he deals
+more than others in first principles, never carries his
+analysis beyond the widest generalizations, like the
+requirement for "profound truth" and "high seriousness,"
+for great poetry. And as we run the gamut of contemporary
+criticism, we find ever preoccupation with the personality
+of the writers and the ideas of their books. I recall only
+one example--the critical essays of Henry James--where the
+craftsman has dropped some hints on the ideals of the
+literary art; and even that, if I maybe allowed the bull,
+in his novels rather than in his essays, for in critical
+theory he is the most ardent of impressionists. Whatever
+the cause, we cannot but allow the dearth of knowledge of,
+and interest in, the peculiar subject-matter of criticism,--
+the elements of beauty in a work of literature.
+
+But although the present body of criticism consists rather
+of preliminaries and supplements to what should be its real
+accomplishment, these should not therefore receive the less
+regard. The impressionist has set himself a definite task,
+and he has succeeded. If not the true critic, he is an
+artist in his own right, and he has something to say to the
+world. The scientific critic has taken all knowledge for his
+province; and although we hold that it has rushed in upon and
+swamped his distinctly critical function, so long as we may
+call him by his other name of natural historian of literature,
+we can only acknowledge his great achievements. For the
+appreciative critic we have less sympathy as yet, but the
+"development of the luxurious intricacy and the manifold
+implications of our enjoyment" may fully crown the edifice of
+aesthetic explanation and appraisal of the art of every age.
+But all these, we feel, do not fulfill the essential function;
+the Idea of Criticism is not here. What the idea of criticism
+is we have tried to work out: a judgment of a work of art on
+the basis of the laws of beauty. That such laws there are,
+that they exist directly in the relation between the material
+form and the suggested physical reactions, and that they are
+practically changeless, even as the human instincts are
+changeless, we have sought to show. And if there can be a
+science of the beautiful, then an objective judgment on the
+basis of the laws of the beautiful can be rendered. The true
+end of criticism, therefore, is to tell us whence and why the
+charm of a work of art: to disengage, to explain, to measure,
+and to certify it. And this explanation of charm, and this
+stamping it with the seal of approval, is possible by the help,
+and only by the help, of the science of aesthetics,--a science
+now only in its beginning, but greatly to be desired in its
+full development.
+
+How greatly to be desired we realize in divining that the
+present dearth of constructive and destructive criticism, of
+all, indeed, except interpretations and reports, is responsible
+for the modern mountains of machine-made literature. Will not
+the aesthetic critic be for us a new Hercules, to clear away
+the ever growing heap of formless things in book covers? If
+he will teach us only what great art means in literature; if
+he will give us never so little discussion of the first
+principles of beauty, and point the moral with some "selling
+books," he will at least have turned the flood. There are
+stories nowadays, but few novels, and plenty of spectacles,
+but no plays; and how should we know the difference, never
+having heard what a novel ought to be? But let the aesthetic
+critic give us a firm foundation for criticism, a real
+understanding of the conditions of literary art; let him teach
+us to know a novel or a play when we see it, and we shall not
+always mingle the wheat and the chaff.
+
+
+II
+THE NATURE OF BEAUTY
+
+
+II
+THE NATURE OF BEAUTY
+
+EVERY introduction to the problems of aesthetics begins by
+acknowledging the existence and claims of two methods of
+attack,--the general, philosophical, deductive, which starts
+from a complete metaphysics and installs beauty in its place
+among the other great concepts; and the empirical, or inductive,
+which seeks to disengage a general principle of beauty from
+the objects of aesthetic experience and the facts of aesthetic
+enjoyment: Fechner's "aesthetics from above and from below."
+
+The first was the method of aesthetics par excellence. It was
+indeed only through the desire of an eighteenth-century
+philosopher, Baumgarten, to round out his "architectonic" of
+metaphysics that the science received its name, as designating
+the theory of knowledge in the form of feeling, parallel to
+that of "clear," logical thought. Kant, Schelling, and Hegel,
+again, made use of the concept of the Beautiful as a kind of
+keystone or cornice for their respective philosophical edifices.
+Aesthetics, then, came into being as the philosophy of the
+Beautiful, and it may be asked why this philosophical aesthetics
+does not suffice--why beauty should need for its understanding
+also an aesthetics "von unten."
+
+The answer is not that no system of philosophy is universally
+accepted, but that the general aesthetic theories have not, as
+yet at least, succeeded in answering the plain questions of
+"the plain man" in regard to concrete beauty. Kant, indeed,
+frankly denied that the explanation of concrete beauty, or
+"Doctrine of Taste," as he called it, was possible, while the
+various definers of beauty as "the union of the Real and the
+Ideal" "the expression of the Ideal to Sense," have done no
+more than he. No one of these aesthetic systems, in spite of
+volumes of so-called application of their principles to works
+of art, has been able to furnish a criterion of beauty. The
+criticism of the generations is summed up in the mild remark
+of Fechner, in his "Vorschule der Aesthetik," to the effect
+that the philosophical path leaves one in conceptions that,
+by reason of their generality, do not well fit the particular
+cases. And so it was that empirical aesthetics arose, which
+does not seek to answer those plain questions as to the
+enjoyment of concrete beauty down to its simplest forms, to
+which philosophical aesthetics had been inadequate.
+
+But it is clear that neither has empirical aesthetics said
+the last word concerning beauty. Criticism is still in a
+chaotic state that would be impossible if aesthetic theory
+were firmly grounded. This situation appears to me to be
+due to the inherent inadequacy and inconclusiveness of
+empirical aesthetics when it stands alone; the grounds of
+this inadequacy I shall seek to establish in the following.
+
+Granting that the aim of every aesthetics is to determine
+the Nature of Beauty, and to explain our feelings about it,
+we may say that the empirical treatments propose to do this
+either by describing the aesthetic object and extracting the
+essential elements of Beauty, or by describing the aesthetic
+experience and extracting the essential elements of aesthetic
+feeling, thereby indicating the elements of Beauty as those
+which effect this feeling.
+
+Now the bare description and analysis of beautiful objects
+cannot, logically, yield any result; for the selection of
+cases would have to be arbitrary, and would be at the mercy
+of any objection. To any one who should say, But this is
+not beautiful, and should not be included in your inventory,
+answer could be made only by showing that it had such and
+such qualities, the very, by hypothesis, unknown qualities
+that were to be sought. Moreover, the field of beauty
+contains so many and so heterogeneous objects , that the
+retreat to their only common ground, aesthetic feeling,
+appears inevitable. A statue and a symphony can be reduced
+to a common denominator most easily if the states of mind
+which they induce are compared. Thus the analysis of objects
+passes naturally over to the analysis of mental states--the
+point of view of psychology.
+
+There is, however, a method subsidiary to the preceding, which
+seeks the elements of Beauty in a study of the genesis and the
+development of art forms. But this leaves the essential
+phenomenon absolutely untouched. The general types of aesthetic
+expression may indeed have been shaped by social forces,--
+religious, commercial, domestic,--but as social products, not
+as aesthetic phenomena. Such studies reveal to us, as it were,
+the excuse for the fact of music, poetry, painting--but they
+tell us nothing of the reason why beautiful rather than ugly
+forms were chosen, as who should show that the bird sings to
+attract its mate, ignoring the relation and sequence of the
+notes. The decorative art of most savage tribes, for instance,
+is nearly all of totemic origin, and the decayed and degraded
+forms of snake, bird, bear, fish, may be traced in the most
+apparently empty geometric patterns;--but what does this
+discovery tell us of the essentially decorative quality of such
+patterns or of the nature of beauty of form? The study of the
+Gothic cathedral reveals the source of its general plan and of
+its whole scheme of ornament in detailed religious symbolism.
+Yet a complete knowledge of the character of the religious
+feeling which impelled to this monumental expression, and of
+the genesis of every element of structure, fails to account
+for the essential beauty of rhythm and proportion in the
+finished work. These researches, in short, explain the
+reason for the existence, but not for the quality, of works
+of art.
+
+Thus it is in psychology that empirical aesthetics finds its
+last resort. And indeed, our plain man might say, the
+aesthetic experience itself is inescapable and undeniable.
+You know that the sight or the hearing of this thing gives
+you a thrill of pleasure. You may not be able to defend the
+beauty of the object, but the fact of the experience you have.
+The psychologist, seeking to analyze the vivid and unmistakable
+Aesthetic experience, would therefore proceed somewhat as
+follows. He would select the salient characteristics of his
+mental state in presence of a given work of art. He would then
+study, by experiment and introspection, how the particular
+sense-stimulations of the work of art in question could become
+the psychological conditions of these salient characteristics.
+Thus, supposing the aesthetic experience to have been described
+as "the conscious happiness in which one is absorbed, and, as
+it were, immersed in the sense-object,"<1> the further special
+aim, in connection with a picture, for instance, would be to
+show how the sensations and associated ideas from color, line,
+composition, and all the other elements of a picture may, on
+general psychological principles, bring about this state of
+happy absorption. Such elements as can be shown to have a
+direct relation to the aesthetic experience are then counted
+as elements of the beauty of the aesthetic object, and such
+as are invariable in all art forms would belong to the general
+formula or concept of Beauty.
+
+<1> M.W. Calkins: An Introduction to Psychology, 1902, p. 278.
+
+This, it seems to me, is as favorable a way as possible of
+stating the possibilities of an independent aesthetic psychology.
+
+Yet this method, as it works out, does not exhaust the problem
+the solution of which was affirmed to be the aim of every
+aesthetics. The aesthetic experience is very complex, and the
+theoretical consequences of emphasizing this or that element
+very great. Thus, if it were held that the characteristics of
+the aesthetic experience could be given by the complete analysis
+of a single well-marked case,--say, our impressions before a
+Doric column, or the Cathedral of Chartres, or the Giorgione
+Venus,--it could be objected that for such a psychological
+experience the essential elements are hard to isolate. The
+cathedral is stone rather than staff; it is three hundred
+rather than fifty feet high. Our reaction upon these facts
+may or may not be essentials to the aesthetic moment, and we
+can know whether they are essentials only by comparison and
+exclusion. It might be said, therefore, that the analysis of
+a single, though typical, aesthetic experience is insufficient;
+a wide induction is necessary. Based on the experience of many
+people, in face of the same object? But to many there would
+be no aesthetic experience. On that of one person, over an
+extensive field of objects? How, then, determine the limits
+of this field? Half of the dispute of modern aesthetics is
+over the right to include in the material for this induction
+various kinds of enjoyment which are vivid, not directly
+utilitarian, but traditionally excluded from the field. Guyan,
+for instance, in a charming passage of his "Problemes de
+l'Esthetique Contemporaine," argues for the aesthetic quality
+of the moment when, exhausted by a long mountain tramp, he
+quaffed, among the slopes of the Pyrenees, a bowl of foaming
+milk. The same dispute appears, in more complicated form, in
+the conflicting dicta of the critics.
+
+If we do not know what part of our feeling is aesthetic feeling,
+how can wee go farther? If the introspecting subject cannot
+say, This is aesthetic feeling, it is logically impossible to
+make his state of mind the basis for further advance. It is
+clear that the great question is of what one has a right to
+include in the aesthetic experience. But that one should have
+such a "right" implies that there is an imperative element in
+the situation, an absolute standard somewhere.
+
+It seems to me that the secret of the difficulty lies in the
+nature of the situation, with which an empirical treatment
+must necessarily fail to deal. What we have called "the
+aesthetic experience" is really a positive toning of the
+general aesthetic attitude. This positive toning corresponds
+to aesthetic excellence in the object. But wherever the
+concept of excellence enters, there is always the implication
+of a standard, value, judgment. But where there is a standard
+there is always an implicit a priori,--a philosophical foundation.
+
+If, then, a philosophical method is the last resort and the
+first condition of a true aesthetics, what is the secret of its
+failure? For that it has failed seems to be still the consensus
+of opinion. Simply, I believe and maintain, the unreasonable
+and illogical demand which, for instance, Fechner makes in the
+words I have quoted, for just this immediate application of a
+philosophical definition to concrete cases. Who but an Hegelian
+philosopher, cries Professor James, ever pretended that reason
+in action was per se a sufficient explanation of the political
+changes in Europe? Who but an Hegelian philosopher, he might
+add, ever pretended that "the expression of the Idea to Sense"
+was a sufficient explanation of the Sistine Madonna? But I
+think the Hegelian--or other--philosopher might answer that he
+had no need so to pretend. Such a philosophical definition,
+as I hope to show, cannot possibly apply to particular cases,
+and should not be expected to do so.
+
+Beauty is an excellence, a standard, a value. But value is
+in its nature teleological; is of the nature of purpose.
+Anything ha value because it fulfills an end, because it is
+good for something in the world. A thing is not beautiful
+because it has value,--other things have that,--it has value
+because it is beautiful, because it fulfills the end of Beauty.
+Thus the metaphysical definition of Beauty must set forth what
+this end of Beauty is,--what it serves in the universe.
+
+But to determine what anything does, or fulfills, or exemplifies,
+is not the same as to determine what it is in itself. The most
+that can be said is that the end, or function, shapes the means
+or constitution. The end is a logical imperative. Beauty does,
+and must do, such things. To ask how, is at once to indicate
+an ultimate departure from the philosophical point of view; for
+the means to an end are different, and to be empirically
+determined.
+
+Now the constitution of Beauty can be only the means to the
+end of Beauty,--that combination of qualities in the object
+which will bring about the end fixed by philosophical definition.
+The end is general; the means may be different kinds. Evidently,
+then, the philosophical definition cannot be applied directly to
+the object until the possibilities, conditions, and limitations
+of that object's fitness for the purpose assigned are known. We
+cannot ask, Does the Sistine Madonna express the Idea of Sense?
+until we know all possibilities and conditions of the visual for
+attaining that expression. But, indeed, the consideration of
+causes and effects suggests at once that natural science must
+guide further investigation. Philosophy must lay down what
+Beauty has to do, but since it is in our experience of Beauty
+that its end is accomplished, since the analysis of such
+experience and the study of its contributing elements is a work
+of the natural science of such experience--it would follow that psychology must deal with the various means through which this
+end is to be reached.
+
+Thus we see that Fechner's reproach is unjustified. Those concepts
+which are too general to apply to particular cases are not meant
+to do so. If a general concept expresses, as it should, the place
+of Beauty in the hierarchy of metaphysical values, it is for the
+psychologist of aesthetics to develop the means by which that end
+can be reached in the various realms in which works of art are
+found.
+
+Nor can we agree with Santayana's dictum<1> that philosophical
+aesthetics confuses the import of an experience with the
+explanation of its cause. It need not. The aesthetic experience
+is indeed caused by the beautiful object, but the beautiful object
+itself is caused by the possibility of the aesthetic experience,--
+beauty as an end under the conditions of human perception. Thus
+the Nature of Beauty is related to its import, or meaning, or
+end, as means to that end; and therefore the import of an
+experience may well point out to us the constitution of the cause
+of that experience. A work of art, a piece of nature, is judged
+by its degree of attainment to that end; the explanation of its
+beauty--of its degree of attainment, that is--is found in the
+effect of its elements, according to psychological laws, on the
+aesthetic subject.
+
+<1> The Sense of Beauty, 1898. Intro.
+
+Such a psychological study of the means by which the end of
+Beauty is attained is the only method by which we can come to
+an explanation of the wealth of concrete beauty. The concept
+of explanation, indeed, is valid only within the realm of
+causes and effects. The aim of aesthetics being conceded, as
+above, to be the determination of the Nature of Beauty and the
+explanation of our feelings about it, it is evident at this
+point that the Nature of Beauty must be determined by philosophy;
+but the general definition having been fixed, the meaning of the
+work of art having been made clear, the only possible explanation
+of our feelings about it--the aesthetic experience, in other
+words--must be gained from psychology. This method is not open
+to the logical objections against the preceding. No longer need
+we ask what has a right to be included in the aesthetic experience.
+That has been fixed by the definition of Beauty. But how the
+beautiful object brings about the aesthetic experience, the
+boundaries of which are already known, is clearly matter for
+psychology.
+
+The first step must then be to win the philosophical definition
+of Beauty. It was Kant, says Hegel, who spoke the first rational
+word concerning Beauty. The study of his successors will reveal,
+I believe, that the aesthetic of the great system of idealism
+forms, on the whole, one identical doctrine. It is worth while
+to dwell somewhat on this point, because the traditional view of
+the relation of the aesthetic of Kant, Schiller, Schelling, and
+Hegel is otherwise. Kant's starting-point was the discovery of
+the normative, "over-individual" nature of Beauty, which we have
+just found to be the secret of the contradictions of empirical
+aesthetics. Yet he came to it at the bidding of quite other
+motives.
+
+Kant's aesthetics was meant to serve as the keystone of the
+arch between sense and reason. The discovery of all that is
+implicit in the experience of the senses had led him to deny
+the possibility of knowledge beyond the matter of this experience.
+Yet the reason has an inevitable tendency to press beyond this
+limit, to seek all-embracing, absolute unities,--to conceive
+an unconditioned totality. Thus the reason presents us with
+the ideas--beyond all possibility of knowledge--of the Soul,
+the World, and God. In the words of Kant, the Ideas of Reason
+lead the understanding to the consideration of Nature according
+to a principle of completeness, although it can never attain
+to this. Can there be a bridge across this abyss between sense
+and reason? then asks Kant; which bridge he believes himself
+to have found in the aesthetic faculty. For on inquiring what
+is involved in the judgment, "This is beautiful," he discovers
+that such a judgment is "universal" and "necessary," inasmuch
+as it implies that every normal spectator must acknowledge its
+validity, that it is "disinterested" because it rests on the
+"appearance of the object without demanding its actual
+existence," and that it is "immediate" or "free," as it
+acknowledges the object as beautiful without definite purpose,
+as of adaptation to use. But how does this judgment constitute
+the desired bond between sense and reason? Simply in that,
+though applied to an object of the senses, it has yet all the
+marks of the Idea of Reason,--it is universal, necessary, free,
+unconditioned; it is judged as if it were perfect, and so
+fulfills those demands of reason which elsewhere in the world
+of sense are unsatisfied.
+
+The two important factors, then, of Kant's aesthetics are its
+reconciliation of sense and reason in beauty, and its reference
+of the "purposiveness" of beauty to the cognitive faculty.
+
+Schiller has been given the credit of transcending Kant's
+"subjective" aesthetic through his emphasis on the significance
+of the beautiful object. It is not bound by a conception to
+which it must attain, so that it is perceived as if it were
+free. Nor do we desire the reality of it to use for ourselves
+or for others; so that we are free in relation to it. It, the
+object, is thus "the vindication of freedom in the world of
+phenomena," that world which is otherwise a binding necessity.
+But it would seem that this had been already taught by Kant
+himself, and that Schiller has but enlivened the subject by
+his two illuminating phrases, "aesthetic semblance" and the
+"play-impulse," to denote the real object of the aesthetic
+desire and the true nature of that desire; form instead of
+material existence, and a free attitude instead of serious
+purpose. Still, his insistence on Beauty as the realization
+of freedom may be said to have paved the way for Schelling's
+theory, in which the aesthetic reaches its maximum of
+importance.
+
+The central thought of the Absolute Idealism of Schelling is
+the underlying identity of Nature and the Self. In Nature,
+from matter up to the organism, the objective factor
+predominates, or, in Schelling's phrase, the conscious self
+is determined by the unconscious. In morality, science, the
+subjective factor predominates, or the unconscious is
+determined by the conscious. But the work of art is a natural
+appearance and so unconscious, and is yet the product of a
+conscious activity. It gives, then, the equilibrium of the
+real and ideal factors,--just that repose of reconciliation
+or "indifference" which alone can show the Absolute. But--
+and this is of immense importance for our theory--in order
+to explain the identity of subject and object, the Ego must
+have an intuition, through which, in one and the same
+appearance, it is in itself at once conscious and unconscious,
+and this condition is given in the aesthetic experience. The
+beautiful is thus the solution of the riddle of the universe,
+for it is the possibility of the explicit consciousness of
+the unity of Nature and the Self--or the Absolute.
+
+So Beauty is again the pivot on which a system turns. Its
+place is not essentially different from that which it held
+in the systems of Kant and Schiller. As the objective
+possibility for the bridge between sense and reason, as the
+vindication of freedom in the phenomenal world, and as
+vindication of the possible unity of the real and the ideal,
+or nature and self, the world-elements, its philosophical
+significance is nearly the same.
+
+With Hegel Beauty loses little of its commanding position.
+The universe is in its nature rational; Thought and Being
+are one. The world-process is a logical process; and nature
+and history, in which spirit of the world realizes itself,
+are but applied logic. The completely fulfilled or expressed
+Truth is then the concrete world-system; at the same time the
+life or self of the universe; the Absolute. This Hegel calls
+the Idea, and he defines Beauty as the expression of the Idea
+to sense.
+
+This definition would seem to be as to the letter in accord
+with the general tendency as have already outlined. It might
+be said that it is but another phrasing of Schelling's thought
+of the Absolute as presented to the Ego in Beauty. But not
+so. For Schelling, the aesthetic is a schema or form,--that
+is, the form of balance, equilibrium, reconciliation of the
+rational ideal,--not a content. But Hegel's Beauty expresses
+the Idea by the way of information or association. That this
+is true any one of his traditional examples makes evident.
+Correggio's Madonna of the St. Sebastian is found by him
+inferior to the Sistine Madonna. Why? "In the first picture
+we have the dearest and loveliest of human relations consecrated
+by contrast with what is Divine. In the second picture we have
+the Divine relation itself, showing itself under the limitations
+of the human."<1> Dutch painting, he tells us, ought not to
+be despised; "for it is this fresh and wakeful freedom and
+vitality of mind in apprehension and presentation that forms
+the highest aspect of these pictures." And a commentator adds,
+"The spontaneous joy of the perfect life is figured to this
+lower sphere." His whole treatment of Art as a symbol confirms
+this view, as do all his criticisms. Art or Beauty shall
+reveal to our understanding the eternal Ideal.
+
+<1> Kedney's Hegel's _Aesthetics_, 1892, p. 158.
+
+On comparing this with what we have won from Kant, Schiller,
+and Schelling, the divergence becomes apparent. I have tried
+to show that there is no essential difference between these
+three either in their general view of the aesthetic experience,
+or in the degree of objectivity of their doctrine of Beauty.
+They do not contradict one another. They merely emphasize
+now the unity, now the reconciliation of opposites, in the
+aesthetic experience. The experience of the beautiful
+constitutes a reconciliation of the warring elements of
+experience, in a world in which the demands of Reason seem
+to conflict with the logic of events, and the beautiful object
+is such that it constitutes the permanent possibility for this
+reconciliation.
+
+But the attempt to include Hegel within this circle reveals
+at once the need of further delimitation. The beautiful is
+to reveal, and to vindicate in revealing, the union of the
+world-elements, that is, the spirit of the world. On Hegel's
+own principles, the Idea should be "expressed to sense." Now
+if this expression is not, after all, directly to sense, but
+the sense gives merely the occasion for passing over to the
+thought of the Divine, it would seem that the Beauty is not
+after all in the work of art, but out of it. The Infinite,
+or the Idea, or the fusion of real and ideal, must be shown
+to sense.
+
+Is there any way in which this is conceivable? We cannot
+completely express to sense Niagara Falls or the Jungfrau,
+for they are infinitely beyond the possibilities of imitation.
+Yet the particular contour of the Jungfrau is never mistaken
+in the smallest picture. In making a model of Niagara we
+should have to reproduce the relation between body of water,
+width of stream, and height of fall, and we might succeed in
+getting the peculiar effect of voluminousness which marks
+that wonder of Nature. The soaring of a lark is not like
+the pointing upward of a slender Gothic spire, yet there is
+a likeness in the attitudes with which we follow them. All
+these cases have certain form-qualities in common, by virtue
+of which they resemble each other. Now it is these very
+form-qualities which Kant is using when he takes the aesthetic
+judgment as representative of reason in the world of sense
+because it shows the qualities of the ideas of reason,--that
+is, unconditional totality or freedom. And we might, indeed,
+hope to "express the Idea to sense" if we could find for it
+a form-quality, or subjectively, in the phrase of Kant, a
+form of reflection.
+
+What is the form of reflection for the Absolute, the Idea?
+It would appear to be a combination of Unity and Totality--
+self-completeness. An object, then, which should be self-
+complete from all possible points of view, to which could
+be applied the "form of reflection" for the Absolute, would,
+therefore, alone truly express it, and so alone fulfill the
+end of Beauty. The Idea would be there in its form; it
+would be shown to sense, and so first full expressed.
+
+With this important modification of Hegel's definition of
+Beauty, which brings it into line with the point of view
+already won, I believe the way is at last opened from the
+traditional philosophy of aesthetics to a healthy and concrete
+psychological theory.
+
+But must every self-complete object give rise to the aesthetic
+experience? An object is absolutely self-complete only for
+the perceiving subject; it is so, in other words, only when
+it produces a self-complete experience for that subject. If
+reconciliation of the warring elements of the universe is the
+end of Beauty it must take place not for, but in, the human
+personality; it must not be understood, but immediately,
+completely experienced; it should be realized in the subject
+of the aesthetic experience, the lover of beauty. The
+beautiful object would be not that which should show in
+outline form, or remind of, this Unity of the World, but
+which should create for the subject the moment of self-
+completeness; which should inform the aesthetic subject with
+that unity and self-completeness which are the "forms of
+reflection" of the Infinite. The subject should be not a
+mirror of perfection, but a state of perfection. Only in
+this sense does the concept of reconciliation come to its
+full meaning. Not because I see freedom, but because I am
+free; not because I think of God, or the Infinite, or the
+one, but because I am for the moment complete, at the
+highest point of energy and unity, does the aesthetic
+experience constitute such a reconciliation.
+
+Not because I behold the Infinite, but because I have, myself,
+a moment of perfection. Herein it is that our theory constitutes
+a complete contradiction to all "expression" or "significant"
+theories of the Beautiful, and does away with the necessity those
+theories are under of reading sermons into stones. The yellow
+primrose needs not to remind us of the harmony of the universe,
+or to have ulterior significance whatever, if it gives by its
+own direct simple stimulation a moment of Unity and Self-
+completeness. That immediate experience indeed contains in
+itself the "form of reflection" of the Absolute, and it is
+through this that we so often pass, in the enjoyment of Beauty,
+to the thought of the divine. But that thought is a corollary,
+a secondary effect, not an essential part of the aesthetic
+moment. There is a wonderful bit of unconscious aesthetics in
+the following passage from Senancour, touching the "secret of
+relation" we have just analyzed.
+
+"It was dark and rather cold. I was gloomy, and walked because
+I had nothing to do. I passed by some flowers placed breast-
+high upon a wall. A jonquil in bloom was there. It is the
+strongest expression of desire: it was the first perfume of
+the year. I felt all the happiness destined for man. This
+unutterable harmony of souls, the phantom of the ideal world,
+arose in me complete. I never felt anything so great or so
+instantaneous. I know not what shape, what analogy, what
+secret of relation it was that made me see in this flower a
+limitless beauty.... I shall never inclose in a conception this
+power, this immensity that nothing will express; this form that
+nothing will contain; this ideal of a better world which one
+feels, but which it would seem that nature has not made."<1>
+
+<1> Translation by Carleton Noyes: _The Enjoyment of Art_, 1903,
+p. 65.
+
+Our philosophical definition of Beauty has thus taken final
+shape. The beautiful object possesses those qualities which
+bring the personality into a state of unity and self-completeness.
+Lightly to case aside such a definition as abstract, vague,
+Empty, is no less short sighted than to treat the idea of the
+Absolute Will, of the Transcendental Reason, of the Eternal
+Love, as mere intellectual factors in the aesthetic experience.
+It should not be criticised as giving "no objective account of
+the nature and origin of Beauty." The nature of Beauty is
+indicated in the definition; the origin of Beauty may be studied
+in its historical development; its reason for being is simply
+the desire of the human heart for the perfect moment.
+
+Beauty is to bring unity and self-completeness into the
+personality. By what means? What causes can bring about this
+effect? When we enter the realm of causes and effects, however,
+we have already left the ground of philosophy, and it is fitting
+that the concepts which we have to use should be adapted to the
+empirical point of view. The personality, as dealt with in
+psychology, is but the psychophysical organism; and we need to
+know only how to translate unity and self-completeness into
+psychological terms.
+
+The psychological organism is in a state of unity either when
+it is in a state of virtual congealment or emptiness, as in a
+trance or ecstasy; or when it is in a state of repose, without
+tendency to change. Secondly, the organism is self-complete when
+it is at the highest possible point of tone, of functional
+efficiency, of enhanced life. Then a combination of favorable
+stimulation and repose would characterize the aesthetic feeling.
+
+But it may be said that stimulation and repose are contradictory
+concepts, and we must indeed admit that the absolute repose of
+the hypnotic trance is not aesthetic, because empty of stimulus.
+The only aesthetic repose is that in which stimulation resulting
+in impulse to movement or action is checked or compensated for
+by its antagonistic impulse; inhibition of action, or action
+returning upon itself, combined with heightening of tone. But
+this is TENSION, EQUILIBRIUM, or BALANCE OF FORCES, which is thus
+seen to be A GENERAL CONDITION OF ALL AESTHETIC EXPERIENCE. The
+concept is familiar in pictorial composition and to some extent
+also in music and poetry, but here first appears as grounded in
+the very demand for the union of repose with activity.
+
+Moreover, this requirement, which we have derived from the
+logical concepts of unity and totality, as translated into
+psychological terms, receives confirmation from the nature of
+organic life. It was the perfect moment that we sought, and we
+found it in the immediate experience of unity and self-completeness;
+and unity for a living being CAN only be equilibrium. Now it
+appears that an authoritative definition of the general nature of
+an organism makes it "so built, whether on mechanical principles
+or not, that every deviation from the equilibrium point sets up
+a tendency to return to it."<1> Equilibrium, in greater or less
+excursions from the centre, is thus the ultimate nature of
+organic life. The perfect equilibrium, that is, equilibrium with
+heightened tone, will then give the perfect moment.
+
+<1> L.T. Hobhouse, _Mind in Evolution_.
+
+The further steps of aesthetics are then toward analysis of the
+psychological effect of all the elements which enter into a
+work of art, with reference to their effect in producing
+stimulation or repose. What colors, forms, tones, emotions,
+ideas, favorably stimulate? What combinations of these bring
+to repose? All the modern studies in so-called physiological
+aesthetics, into the emotional and other--especially motor--
+effects of color, tone-sensation, melodic sequence, simple
+forms, etc., find here there proper place.
+
+A further important question, as to the fitting psychological
+designation of the aesthetic state, is now suggested. Some
+authorities speak of the aesthetic attitude or activity,
+describing it as "sympathetic imitation" or "absorption;"
+others of the aesthetic pleasure. But, according to our
+definition of the aesthetic experience as a combination of
+favorable stimulation with repose, this state, as involving
+"a distinctive feeling-tone and a characteristic trend of
+activity aroused by a certain situation,"<1> can be no other
+than an emotion. This view is confirmed by introspection; we
+speak of aesthetic activity and aesthetic pleasure, but we
+are conscious of a complete arrest, and sometimes of a very
+distinct divergence from pure pleasure. The experience is
+unique, it seems to defy description, to be intense, vivid,
+and yet--like itself alone. Any attempt to disengage special,
+already known emotions, even at the play or in hearing music,
+is often in vain, in just those moments when our excitement is
+most intense. But the hypothesis of a unique emotion, parallel
+to those of joy, fear, etc., and with a psychological basis as
+outlined, would account for these facts. The positive toning
+of the experience--what we call aesthetic pleasure--is due not
+only to the favorable stimulation, but also to the fact that
+the very antagonism of impulses which constitutes repose
+heightens tone while it inhibits action. Thus the conditions
+of both factors of aesthetic emotion tend to induct pleasure.
+
+<1> Baldwin's _Dict. Of Phil. And Psychol._ Art. "Emotion."
+
+It is, then, clear that no specific aesthetic pleasure need be
+sought. The very phrase, indeed, is a misnomer, since all
+pleasure is qualitatively the same, and differentiated only
+by the specific activities which it accompanies. It is also
+to be noted that those writers on aesthetics who have dwelt
+most on aesthetic pleasure have come in conclusion only to
+specific activities, like the "imitation" of Groos, for instance.
+In the light of the just-won definition of aesthetic emotion,
+it is interesting to examine some of the well-known modern
+aesthetic theories.
+
+Lipps defines the aesthetic experience as a "thrill of sympathetic
+feeling," Groos as "sympathetic imitation," evidently assuming
+that pleasure accompanies this. But there are many feelings of
+sympathy, and joyful ones, which do not belong to the aesthetic
+realm. In the same way, not all "imitation" is accompanied by
+pleasure, and not all of that falls within the generally accepted
+aesthetic field. If these definitions were accepted as they
+stand, all our rejoicings with friends, all our inspiration from
+a healthy, magnetic presence must be included in it. It is clear
+that further limitation is necessary; but if to this sympathetic
+imitation, this living through in sympathy, we add the demand
+for repose, the necessary limitation is made. Physical exercise
+in general, or the instinctive imitation of energetic, or easy
+(in general FAVORABLE) movements, is pleasurable, indeed, but
+the experience is not aesthetic,--as is quite clear, indeed, to
+common sense,--and it is not aesthetic because it is the
+contradiction of repose. A particular case of the transformation
+of pleasurable physical exercise into an aesthetic activity is
+seen in the experience of symmetrical or balanced form; any
+moderate, smooth exercise of the eye is pleasurable, but this
+alone induces a state of the whole organism combining repose with
+stimulation.
+
+The theories of Kulpe and Santayana, while they definitely mark
+out the ground, seem to me in need of addition. "Absorption in
+the object in respect to its bare quality and conformation" does
+not, of course, give the needed information, for objective beauty,
+of the character of this conformation or form. But yet, it might
+be said that the content of beauty might conceivably be deduced
+from the psychological conditions of absorption. In the same
+way, Santayana's "Beauty as objectified pleasure," or pleasure as
+the quality of a thing, is neither a determination of objective
+beauty nor a sufficient description of the psychological state.
+Yet analysis of those qualities in the thing that cause us to
+make our pleasure a quality of it would supplement the definition
+sufficiently and completely in the sense of our own formula. Why
+do we regard pleasure as the quality of a thing? Because there
+is something in the thing that makes us spread, as it were, our
+pleasure upon it. This is that which fixates us, arrests us,
+upon it,--which can be only the elements that make for repose.
+
+Guyau, however, comes nearest to our point of view. "The beautiful
+is a perception or an action which stimulates life within us under
+its three forms simultaneously (i.e., sensibility, intelligence,
+and will) and produces pleasure by the swift consciousness of this
+general stimulation."<1> It is from this general stimulation that
+Guyau explains the aesthetic effect of his famous drink of milk
+among mountain scenes. But such general stimulation might
+accompany successful action of any kind, and thus the moral and
+the aesthetic would fall together. That M. Guyau is so successful
+in his analysis is due rather to the fact that just this diffused
+stimulation is likely to come from such exercise as is
+characterized by the mutual checking of antagonistic impulses
+producing an equilibrium. The diffusion of stimulation would be
+our formula for the aesthetic state only if interpreted as
+stimulation arresting action.
+
+<1> _Problemes de l'Esthetique Contemporaine_ 1902, p. 77.
+
+The diffusion of stimulation, the equilibrium of impulses, life-
+enhancement through repose!--this is the aesthetic experience.
+But how, then, it will be asked, are we to interpret the temporal
+arts? A picture or a statue maybe understood through this formula,
+but hardly a drama or a symphony. If the form of the one is
+symmetry, hidden or not, would not the form of the other be
+represented by a straight line? That which has beginning, middle,
+and end is not static but dynamic.
+
+Let us consider once more the concept of equilibrium. Inhibition
+of action through antagonistic impulses, or action returning upon
+itself, we have defined it; and the line cannot be drawn sharply
+between these types. The visual analogue for equilibrium may be
+either symmetrical figure or circle; the excursion from the
+centre may be either the swing of the pendulum or the sweep of
+the planet. The RETURN is the essential. Now it is a commonplace
+of criticism--though the significance of the dictum has never been
+sufficiently seen--that the great drama, novel, or symphony does
+return upon itself. The excursion is merely longer, of a different
+order of impulses from that of the picture. The last note is the
+only possible answer to the first; it contains the first. The
+last scene has meaning only as the satisfaction of the first. The
+measure of the perfection of a work of temporal art is thus its
+IMPLICIT character. The end is contained in the beginning--that
+is the meaning of "inevitableness."
+
+That the constraining power of drama or symphony is just this
+sense of urgency, of compulsion, from one point to another, is
+but confirmation of this view. The temporal art tries ever to
+pass from first to last, which is first. It yearns for unity.
+The dynamic movement of the temporal arts is cyclic, which is
+ultimately static, of the nature of equilibrium. It is only in
+the wideness of the sweep that the dynamic repose of poetry and
+music differs from the static activity of picture and statue.
+
+Thus the Nature of Beauty is in the relation of means to an end;
+the means, the possibilities of stimulation in the motor, visual,
+auditory, and purely ideal fields; the end, a moment of perfection,
+of self-complete unity of experience, of favorable stimulation
+with repose. Beauty is not perfection; but the beauty of an
+object lies in its permanent possibility of creating the perfect
+moment. The experience of this moment, the union of stimulation
+and repose, constitutes the unique aesthetic emotion.
+
+
+III
+THE AESTHETIC REPOSE
+
+
+III
+THE AESTHETIC REPOSE
+
+THE popular interest in scientific truth has always had its
+hidden spring in a desire for the marvelous. The search for
+the philosopher's stone has done as much for chemistry as the
+legend of the elixir of life for exploration and geographical
+discovery. From the excitements of these suggestions of the
+occult, the world settled down into a reasonable understanding
+of the facts of which they were but the enlarged and grotesque
+shadows.
+
+So it has been with physics and physiology, and so also,
+preeminently, with the science of mental life. Mesmerism,
+hypnotism, the facts of the alteration, the multiplicity, and
+the annihilation of personality have each brought us their
+moments of pleasurable terror, and passed thus into the field
+of general interest. But science can accept no broken chains.
+For all the thrill of mystery, we may not forget that the
+hypnotic state is but highly strung attention,--at the last
+turn of the screw,--and that the alternation of personality is
+after all no more than the highest power of variability of
+mood. In regard to the annihilation of the sense of personality,
+it may be said that no connection with daily experience is at
+first apparent. Scientists, as well as the world at large,
+have been inclined to look on the loss of the sense of personality
+as pathological; and yet it may be maintained that it is
+nevertheless the typical form of those experiences we ourselves
+regard as the most valuable.
+
+The loss of personality! In that dread thought there lies, to
+most of us, all the sting of death and the victory of the grave.
+It seems, with such a fate in store, that immortality were
+futile, and life itself a mockery. Yet the idea, when dwelt
+upon, assumes an aspect of strange familiarity; it is an old
+friend, after all. Can we deny that all our sweetest hours are
+those of self-forgetfulness? The language of emotion, religious,
+aesthetic, intellectually creative, testifies clearly to the
+fading of the consciousness of self as feeling nears the white
+heat. Not only in the speechless, stark immobility of the
+pathological "case," but in all the stages of religious ecstasy,
+aesthetic pleasure, and creative inspiration, is to be traced
+what we know as the loss of the feeling of self. Bernard of
+Clairvaux dwells on "that ecstasy of deification in which the
+individual disappears in the eternal essence as the drop of
+water in a cask of wine." Says Meister Eckhart, "Thou shalt
+sink away from they selfhood, though shalt flow into His self-
+possession, the very thought of Thine shall melt into His Mine;"
+and St. Teresa, "The soul, in thus searching for its God,
+feels with a very lively and very sweet pleasure that is is
+fainting almost quiet away."
+
+Still more striking is the language of aesthetic emotion.
+Philosopher and poet have but one expression for the universal
+experience. Says Keats in the "Ode to a Nightingale:"--
+
+ "My heart aches, and a drowsy numbness pains
+ My sense as though of hemlock I had drunk,
+ Or emptied some dull opiate to the drains
+ One minute past, and Lethewards had sunk:
+ 'Tis not through envy of thy happy lot,
+ But being too happy in thy happiness."
+
+And in Schopenhauer we read that he who contemplates the
+beautiful "forgets even his individuality, his will, and only
+continues to exist as the pure subject, the clear mirror of
+the object."
+
+But not only the religious enthusiast and the worshiper of
+beauty "lose themselves" in ecstasy. The "fine frenzy" of the
+thinker is typical. From Archimedes, whose life paid the
+forfeit of his impersonal absorption; from Socrates, musing in
+one spot from dawn to dawn, to Newton and Goethe, there is but
+one form of the highest effort to penetrate and to create.
+Emerson is right in saying of the genius, "His greatness
+consists in the fullness in which an ecstatic state is realized
+in him."
+
+The temporary evaporation of the consciousness of one's own
+Personality is then decidedly not a pathological experience.
+It seems the condition, indeed, and recognized as such in
+popular judgment, of the deepest feeling and the highest
+achievement. Perhaps it is the very assumption of this condition
+in our daily thoughts that has veiled the psychological problem
+it presents. We opine, easily enough, that great deeds are done
+in forgetfulness of self. But why should we forget ourselves
+in doing great deeds? Why not as well feel in every act its
+reverberation on the self,--the renewed assurance that it is
+I who can? Why not, in each aesthetic thrill, awake anew to
+the consciousness of myself as ruler in a realm of beauty? Why
+not, in the rush of intellectual production, glory that "my
+mind to me a kingdom is"? And yet the facts are otherwise:
+in proportion to the intensity and value of the experience is
+its approach to the objective, the impersonal, the ecstatic
+state. Then how explain this anomaly? Why should religious,
+aesthetic, and intellectual emotion be accompanied in varying
+degrees by the loss of self-consciousness? Why should the
+sense of personality play us so strange a trick as to vanish,
+at the moment of seemingly greatest power, in the very shadow
+of its own glory?
+
+If now we put the most obvious question, and ask, in explanation
+of its escapades, what the true nature of this personality is,
+we shall find ourselves quite out of our reckoning on the vast
+sea of metaphysics. To know what personality IS, "root and all,
+and all in all," is to "know what God and man is." Fortunately,
+our problem is much more simple. It is not the personality,
+its reality, its meaning, that vanishes; no, nor even the
+psychological system of dispositions. We remain, in such a
+moment of ecstasy, as persons, what we were before. It is the
+FEELING of personality that has faded; and to find out in what
+this will-o'-the-wisp feeling of personality resides is a task
+wholly within the powers of psychological analysis. Let no one
+object that the depth and value of experience seem to disintegrate
+under the psychologist's microscope. The place of the full-orbed
+personality in a world of noble ends is not affected by the
+possibility that the centre of its conscious crystallization may
+be found in a single sensation.
+
+The explanation, then, of this apparent inconsistency--the fading
+away of self in the midst of certain most important experiences--
+must lie in the nature of the feeling of personality. What is
+that feeling? On what is it based? How can it be described?
+The difficulties of introspection have led many to deny the
+possibility of such self-fixation. The fleeting moment passes,
+and we grasp only an idea or a feeling; the Ego has slipped away
+like a drop of mercury under the fingers. Like the hero of the
+German poet, who wanted his queue in front,
+
+ "Then round and round, and out and in,
+ All day that puzzled sage did spin;
+ In vain; it mattered not a pin;
+ The pigtail hung behind him,"
+
+when I turn round upon myself to catch myself in the act of
+thinking, I can never lay hold on anything but a sensation. I
+may peel off, like the leaves of an artichoke, my social self,--
+my possessions and positions, my friends, my relatives; my
+active self,--my books and implements of work; my clothes; even
+my flesh, and sit in my bones, like Sydney Smith,--the I in me
+retreating ever to an inner citadel; but I must stop with the
+feeling that something moves in there. That is not what my
+self IS, but what the elusive sprite feels like when I have got
+my finger on him. In daily experience, however, it is
+unnecessary to proceed to such extremities. The self, at a
+given moment of consciousness, is felt as one group of elements
+which form a foreground. The second group is, we say, before
+the attention, and is not at that moment felt as self; while
+the first group is vague, undifferentiated, not attended to,
+but felt. Any element in this background can detach itself
+and come into the foreground of attention. I become conscious
+at this moment, for instance, of the weight of my shoulders
+as they rest on the back of my chair: that sensation, however,
+belongs to my self no more than does the sensation of the
+smoothness of the paper on which my hand rests. I know I am a
+self, because I can pass, so to speak, between the foreground
+and the background of my consciousness. It is the feeling of
+transition that gives me the negative and positive of my
+circuit; and this feeling of transition, hunted to its lair,
+reveals itself as nothing more nor less than a motor sensation
+felt in the sense organs which adapt themselves to the new
+conditions. I look on that picture and on this, and know that
+they are two, because the change in the adaptation of my sense
+organs to their objects has been felt. I close my eyes and
+think of near and far, and it is the change in the sensations
+from my eye muscles that tells me I have passed between the
+two; or, to express it otherwise, that it is in me the two
+have succeeded each other. While the self in its widest sense,
+therefore, is co-extensive with consciousness, the distinctive
+feeling of self as opposed to the elements in consciousness
+which represent the outer world is based on those bodily
+sensations which are connected with the relations of objects.
+My world--the foreground of my consciousness--would fall in on
+me and crush me, if I could not hold it off by just this power
+to feel it different from my background; and it is felt as
+different through the motor sensations involved in the change
+of my sense organs in passing from one to the other. The
+condition of the feeling of transition, and hence of the
+feeling of personality, is then the presence in consciousness
+of at least two possible objects of attention; and the formal
+consciousness of self might be schematized as a straight line
+connecting two points, in which one point represents the
+foreground, and the other the background, of consciousness.
+
+If we now accept this view, and ask under what conditions the
+sense of self may be lost, the answer is at once suggested.
+It will happen when the "twoness" disappears, so that the line
+connecting and separating the two objects in our scheme drops
+out or is indefinitely decreased. When background or foreground
+tends to disappear or to merge either into the other, or when
+background or foreground makes an indissoluble unity or
+unbreakable circle, the content of consciousness approaches
+absolute unity. There is no "relating" to be done, no
+"transition" to be made. The condition, then, for the feeling
+of personality is no longer present, and there results a
+feeling of complete unity with the object of attention; and if
+this object of attention is itself without parts or differences,
+there results an empty void, Nirvana.
+
+Suppose that I gaze, motionless, at a single bright light until
+all my bodily sensations have faded. Then one of the "points"
+in our scheme has dropped out. In my mind there reigns but one
+thought. The transition feeling goes, for there is nothing to
+be "related." Now "it is one blaze, about me and within me;"
+I am that light, and myself no longer. My consciousness is a
+unit or a blank, as you please. If you say that I am self-
+hypnotized, I may reply that I have simply ceased to feel
+myself different from the content of my consciousness, because
+that content has ceased to allow a transition between its terms.
+
+This is, however, not the only possible form of the disappearance
+of our "twoness," and the resulting loss of the self-feeling.
+When the sequence of objects in consciousness is so rapid that
+the feeling of transition, expressed in motor terms, drops below
+the threshold of sensation, the feeling of self again fades.
+Think, for instance, of the Bacchanal orgies. The votary of
+Dionysus, dancing, shrieking, tearing at his hair and at his
+garments, lost in the lightning change of his sensations all
+power of relating them. His mind was ringed in a whirling
+circle, every point of which merged into the next without
+possibility of differentiation. And since he could feel no
+transition periods, he could feel HIMSELF no longer; he was
+one with the content of his consciousness, which consciousness
+was no less a unit than our bright light aforesaid, just as a
+circle is as truly a unit as a point. The priest of Dionysus
+must have felt himself only a dancing, shouting thing, one
+with the world without, "whirled round in earth's diurnal course
+with rocks and stones and trees." And how perfectly the ancient
+belief fits our psychophysical analysis! The Bacchic enthusiast
+believed himself possessed with the very ecstasy of the spirit
+of nature. His inspired madness was the presence of the god
+who descended upon him,--the god of the vine, of spring; the
+rising sap, the rushing stream, the bursting leaf, the rippling
+song, all the life of flowing things, they were he! "Autika ga
+pasa zoreusei," was the cry,--"soon the whole earth will dance
+and sing!"
+
+Yes, this breaking down of barriers, this melting of the
+personality into its surroundings, this strange and sweet self-
+abandonment must have its source in just the disappearance of
+the sensation of adjustment, on which the feeling of personality
+is based. But how can it be, we have to ask, that a principle
+so barren of emotional significance should account for the
+ecstasy of religious emotion, of aesthetic delight, of creative
+inspiration? It is not, however, religion or beauty or genius
+that is the object of our inquiry at this moment, but simply
+the common element in the experience of each of these which
+we know as the disappearance of self-feeling. How the
+circumstances peculiar to religious worship, aesthetic appreciation,
+and intellectual creation bring about the formal conditions of
+the loss of personal feeling must be sought in a more detailed
+analysis, and we shall then be able to trace the source of the
+intensity of emotion in these experiences. What, then, first
+of all, are the steps by which priest and poet and thinker have
+passed into the exaltation of selfless emotion? Fortunately,
+the passionate pilgrims of all three realms of deep experience
+have been ever prodigal of their confessions. The religious
+ecstasy, however, embodies the most complete case, and allows
+the clearest insight into the nature of the experience; and will
+therefore be dealt with at greatest length.
+
+The typical religious enthusiast is the mystic. From Plotinus
+to Buddha, from Meister Eckhart to Emerson, the same doctrine
+has brought the same fruits of religious rapture. There is one
+God, and in contemplation of Him the soul becomes of his
+essence. Whether it is held, as by the Neoplatonists, that
+Being and Knowledge are one, that the procedure of the world
+out of God is a process of self-revelation, and the return of
+things into God a process of higher and higher intuition, and
+so the mystic experience an apprehension of the highest rather
+than a form of worship; or whether it is expressed as by the
+humble Beguine, Mechthild,--"My soul swims in the Being of God
+as a fish in water,'--the kernel of the mystic's creed is the
+same. In ecstatic contemplation of God, and, in the higher
+states, in ecstatic union with Him, in sinking the individuality
+in the divine Being, is the only true life. Not all, it is
+true, who hold the doctrine have had the experience; not all can
+say with Eckhart or with Madame Guyon, "I have seen God in my
+own soul," or "I have become one with God." It is from the
+narratives and the counsels of perfection of these, the chosen,
+the initiate, who have passed beyond the veil, that light may
+be thrown on the psychological conditions of mystic ecstasy.
+
+The most illuminating account of her actual mystical experiences
+is given by Madame Guyon, the first of the sect or school of the
+Quietists. This gentle Frenchwoman had a gift for psychological
+observation, and though her style is neither poetic nor
+philosophical, I may be pardoned for quoting at some length her
+naive and lucid revelations. The following passages, beginning
+with an early religious experience, are taken almost at random
+from the pages of her autobiography:--
+
+"These sermons made such an impression on my mind, and absorbed
+me so strongly in God, that I could not open my eyes nor hear
+what was said." "To hear Thy name, O my God, could put me into
+a profound prayer....I could not see any longer the saints nor
+the Holy Virgin outside of God; but I saw them all in Him,
+scarcely being able to distinguish them from Him....I could
+not hear God nor our Lord Jesus Christ spoken of without being,
+as it were, outside of myself [hors de moi]....Love seized me
+so strongly that I remained absorbed, in a profound silence and
+a peace that I cannot describe. I made ever new efforts, and
+I passed my life in beginning my prayers without being able to
+carry them through....I could ask nothing for myself nor for
+another, nor wish anything but this divine will....I do not
+believe that there could be in the world anything more simple
+and more unified....It is a state of which one can say nothing
+more, because it evades all expression,--a state in which the
+creature is lost, engulfed. All is God, and the soul perceives
+only God. It has to strive no more for perfection, for growth,
+for approach to Him, for union. All is consummated in the unity,
+but in a manner so free, so natural, so easy, that the soul
+lives from the air which it breathes....The spirit is empty, no
+more traversed by thoughts; nothing fills the void, which is no
+longer painful, and the soul finds in itself an immense capacity
+that nothing can either limit or destroy."
+
+Can we fail to trace in these simple words the shadow of all
+religious exaltation that is based on faith alone? Madame Guyon
+is strung to a higher key than most of this dull and relaxed
+world; but she has struck the eternal note of contemplative
+worship. Such is the sense of union with the divine Spirit.
+Such are the thoughts and even the words of Dante, Eckhart, St.
+Teresa, the countless mystics of the Middle Age, and of the
+followers of Buddhism in its various shades, from the Ganges to
+the Charles. Two characteristics disengage themselves to view:
+the insistence on the unity of God--IN whom alone the Holy
+Virgin and the saints are seen--from a psychological point of
+view only; and the mind's emptiness of thought in a state of
+religious ecstasy. But without further analysis, we may ask,
+as the disciples of the mystics have always done, how this
+state of blissful union is to be reached. They have always
+been minute in their prescriptions, and it is possible to
+derive therefrom what may be called the technique of the mystic
+procedure.
+
+"The word mystic," to quote Walter Pater, "has been derived from
+a Greek word which signifies to shut, as if one shut one's lips,
+brooding on what cannot be uttered; but the Platonists themselves
+derive it rather from the act of shutting the eyes, that one may
+see the more, inwardly." Of such is the counsel of St. Luis de
+Granada, "Imitate the sportsman who hoods the falcon that it be
+made subservient to his rule;" and of another Spanish mystic,
+Pedro de Alcantara: "In meditation, let the person rouse himself
+from things temporal, and let him collect himself within himself
+....Here let him hearken to the voice of God...as though there
+were no other in the world save God and himself." St. Teresa
+found happiness only in "shutting herself up within herself."
+Vocal prayer could not satisfy her, and she adopted mental
+prayer. The four stages of her experience--which she named
+"recollectedness," "quietude" (listening rather than speaking),
+"union" (blissful sleep with the faculties of the mind still),
+"ecstasy or rapture"--are but progressive steps in the sealing
+of the senses. The yoga of the Brahmins, which is the same as
+the "union" of the Cabalists, is made to depend upon the same
+conditions,--passivity, perseverance, solitude. The novice
+must arrest his breathing, and may meditate on mystic symbols
+alone, by way of reaching the formless, ineffable Buddha. But
+it is useless to heap up evidence; the inference is sufficiently
+clear.
+
+The body is first brought into a state either of nervous
+instability or irritability by ascetic practices, or of nervous
+insensibility by the persistent withdrawal of all outer
+disturbance; and the mind is fixed upon a single object,--the
+one God, the God eternal, absolute, indivisible. Recalling our
+former scheme for the conditions of the sense of personality,
+we shall see that we have here the two poles of consciousness.
+Then, as the tension is sharpened, what happens? Under the
+artificial conditions of weakened nerves, of blank surroundings,
+the self-background drops. The feeling of transition disappears
+with the absence of related terms; and the remaining, the
+positive pole of consciousness, is an undifferentiated Unity,
+with which the person must feel himself one. The feeling of
+personality is gone with that on which it rests, and its loss
+is joined with an overwhelming sense of union with the One, the
+Absolute, God!
+
+The object of mystic contemplation is the One indivisible. But
+we can also think the One as the unity of all differences, the
+Circle of the Universe. Those natures also which, like Amiel's,
+are "bedazzled with the Infinite" and thirst for "totality"
+attain in their reveries to the same impersonal ecstasy. Amiel
+writes of a "night on the sandy shore of the North Sea, stretched
+at full length upon the beach, my eyes wandering over the Milky
+Way. Will they ever return to me, those grandiose, immortal,
+cosmogonic dreams, in which one seems to carry the world in one's
+breast, to touch the stars, to possess the Infinite!" The
+reverie of Senancour, on the bank of the Lake of Bienne, quoted
+by Matthew Arnold, reveals the same emotion: "Vast consciousness
+of a nature everywhere greater than we are, and everywhere
+impenetrable; all-embracing passion, ripened wisdom, delicious
+self-abandonment." In the coincidence of outer circumstance--
+the lake, the North Sea, night, the attitude of repose--may we
+not trace a dissolution of the self-background, similar to that
+of the mystic worshiper? And in the Infinite, no less than in
+the One, must the soul sink and melt into union with it, because
+within it there is no determination, no pause, and no change.
+
+The contemplation of the One, however, is not the only type of
+mystic ecstasy. That intoxication of emotion which seizes upon
+the negro camp meeting of to-day, as it did upon the Delphic
+priestesses two thousand years ago, seems at first glance to
+have nothing in common psychologically with the blessed
+nothingness of Gautama and Meister Eckhart. But the loss of
+the feeling of personality and the sense of possession by a
+divine spirit are the same. How, then, is this state reached?
+By means, I believe, which recall the general formula for the
+Disappearance of self-feeling. To repeat the monosyllable OM
+(Brahm) ten thousand times; to circle interminably, chanting
+the while, about a sacred ire; to listen to the monotonous
+magic drum; to whirl the body about; to rock to and fro on the
+knees, vociferating prayers, are methods which enable the
+members of the respective sects in which they are practiced
+either to enter, as they say, into the Eternal Being, or to
+become informed with it through the negation of the self. The
+sense of personality, at any rate, is more or less completely
+lost, and the ecstasy takes a form more or less passionate,
+according as the worshiper depends on the rapidity rather than
+on the monotony of his excitations. Here, again, the self-
+background drops, inasmuch as every rhythmical movement tends
+to become automatic, and then unconscious. Thus what we are
+wont to call the inspired madness of the Delphic priestesses
+was less the expression of ecstasy than the means of its
+excitation. Perpetual motion, as well as eternal rest, may
+bring about the engulfment of the self in the object. The
+most diverse types of religious emotions, IN SO FAR AS THEY
+PRESENT VARIATIONS IN THE DEGREE OF SELF-CONSCIOUSNESS, are
+thus seen to be reducible to the same psychological basis.
+The circle, no less than the point, is the symbol of the One,
+and the "devouring unity" that lays hold on consciousness
+from the loss of the feeling of transition comes in the
+unrest of enthusiasm no less than in the blissful nothing of
+Nirvana.
+
+At this point, I am sure, the reader will interpose a protest.
+Is, then, the mystery of self-abandonment to the highest to
+be shared with the meanest of fanatics? Are the rapture of
+Dante and the trance of the Omphalopsychi sprung from the
+same root? There is no occasion, however, for the revolt of
+sentiment because we fail to emphasize here the important
+differences in the emotional character and value of the states
+in question. What interests us is only one aspect which they
+have in common, the surrender of the sense of personality.
+That is based on formal relations of the elements of
+consciousness, and the explanation of its disappearance
+applies as well to the whirling dervish as to the converts
+of a revivalist preacher.
+
+The mystic, then, need only shut his senses to the world, and
+contemplate the One. Subject fuses with object, and he feels
+himself melt into the Infinite. But each experience is not
+the exclusive property of the religious enthusiast. The
+worshiper of beauty has given evidence of the same feelings.
+And yet, in his aesthetic rapture, the latter dwells with
+deliberation on his delights, and while luxuriating in the
+infinite labyrinths of beauty can scarcely be described as
+musing on an undifferentiated Unity. So far, at least, it
+does not appear that our formula applies to aesthetic feeling.
+
+Aesthetic feeling arises in the contemplation of a beautiful
+object. But what makes an object beautiful? To go still
+further back, just what, psychologically, does contemplation
+mean? To contemplate an object is to dwell on the idea or
+image of it, and to dwell upon an idea means to carry it out
+incipiently. We may go even further, and say it is the
+carrying out by virtue of which we grasp the idea. How do
+we think of a tall pine-tree? By sweeping our eyes up and
+down its length, and out to the ends of its branches; and if
+we are forbidden to use our eye muscles even infinitesimally,
+then we cannot think of the visual image. In short, we
+perceive an object in space by carrying out its motor
+suggestions; more technically expressed, by virtue of a
+complex of motor impulses aroused by it; more briefly, by
+incipiently imitating it. Contemplation is inner imitation.
+
+Now a beautiful object is first of all a unified object; why
+this must be so has been considered in the preceding chapter.
+In it all impulses of soul and sense are bound to react upon
+one another, and to lead back to one another. And all the
+elements, which in contemplation we reproduce in the form of
+motor impulses, are bound to make a closed circle of these
+suggested energies. The symmetrical picture calls out a set
+of motor impulses which "balance,"--a system of energies
+reacting on one centre; the sonnet takes us out on one wave
+of rhythm and of thought, to bring us back on another to the
+same point; the sonata does the same in melody. In the
+"whirling circle" of the drama, not a word or an act that is
+not indissolubly linked with before and after. Thus the unity
+of a work of art makes of the system of suggested energies
+which form the foreground of attention an impregnable, an
+invulnerable circle.
+
+Not only, however, are we held in equilibrium in the object
+of attention; we cannot connect with it our self-background,
+for the will cannot act on the object of aesthetic feeling.
+We cannot eat the grapes of Apelles or embrace the Galatea of
+Pygmalion; we cannot rescue Ophelia or enlighten Juliet; and
+of impulse to interfere, to connect the scene with ourselves,
+we have none. But this is a less important factor in the
+situation. That the house is dark, the audience silent, and
+all motor impulses outside of the aesthetic circle stifled, is,
+too, only a superficial, and, so to speak, a negative condition.
+The real ground of the possibility of a momentary self-
+annihilation lies in the fact that all incitements to motor
+impulse--except those which belong to the indissoluble ring
+of the object itself--have been shut out by the perfection of
+unity to which the aesthetic object (here the drama) has been
+brought. The background fades; the foreground satisfies,
+incites no movement; and with the disappearance of the
+possibility of action which would connect the two, fades also
+that which dwells in this feeling of transition,--the sense
+of personality. The depth of aesthetic feeling lies not in
+the worthy countryman who interrupts the play with cries for
+justice on the villain, but in him who creates the drama again
+with the poet, who lives over again in himself each of the
+thrills of emotion passing before him, and loses himself in
+their web. The object is a unity or our whirling circle of
+impulses, as you like to phrase it. At any rate, out of that
+unity the soul does not return upon itself; it remains one
+with it in the truest sense.
+
+The loss of the sense of personality is an integral part of
+the aesthetic experience; and we have seen how it is a
+necessary psychological effect of the unity of the object.
+From another point of view it may be said that the unity of
+the object is constituted just by the inhibition of all
+tendency to movement through the balance or centrality of
+impulses suggested by it. In other words, the balance of
+impulses makes us feel the object a unity. And this balance
+of impulses, this inhibition of movement, corresponding to
+unity, is what we know as aesthetic repose. Thus the conditions
+of aesthetic repose and of the loss of self-feeling are the
+same. In fact, it might be said that, within this realm,
+the two conceptions are identical. The true aesthetic repose
+is just that perfect rest in the beautiful object which is
+the essence of the loss of the sense of personality.
+
+Subtler and rarer, again, than the raptures of mysticism and
+of beauty worship is the ecstasy of intellectual production;
+yet the "clean, clear joy of creation," as Kipling names it,
+is not less to be grouped with those precious experiences in
+which the self is sloughed away, and the soul at one with its
+content. I speak, of course, of intellectual production in
+full swing, in the momentum of success. The travail of soul
+over apparently hopeless difficulties or in the working out
+of indifferent details takes place not only in full self-
+consciousness, but in self-disgust; there we can take Carlyle
+to witness. But in the higher stages the fixation of truth
+and the appreciation of beauty are accompanied by the same
+extinction of the feeling of individuality. Of testimony we
+have enough and to spare. I need not fill these pages with
+confessions and anecdotes of the ecstatical state in which
+all great deeds of art and science are done. The question is
+rather to understand and explain it on the basis of the formal
+scheme to which we have found the religious and the aesthetic
+attitudes to conform.
+
+Jean Paul says somewhere that, however laborious the completion
+of a great work, its conception came as a whole,--in one flash.
+We remember the dreams of Schiller in front of his red curtain
+and the resulting musikalische Stimmung,--formless, undirected,
+out of which his poem shaped itself; the half-somnambulic
+state of Goethe and his frantic haste in fixation of the vision,
+in which he dared not even stop to put his paper straight, but
+wrote over the corners quite ruthlessly. Henner once said to
+a painter who mourned that he had done nothing on his picture
+for the Salon, though he saw it before him, "What! You see
+your picture! Then it is done. You can paint it in an hour."
+If all these traditions be true, they are significant; and
+the necessary conditions of such composition seem to be highly
+analogous to those of the aesthetic emotion. We have, first
+of all, a lack of outward stimulation, and therefore possible
+disappearance of the background. How much better have most
+poets written in a garret than in a boudoir! Goethe's bare
+little room in the garden house at Weimar testifies to the
+severe conditions his genius found necessary. Tranquillity
+of the background is the condition of self-absorption, or--
+and this point seems to me worth emphasizing--a closed circle
+of outer activities. I have never believed, for instance, in
+the case of the old tale of Walter Scott and the button, that
+it was the surprise of his loss that tied the tongue of the
+future author's rival. The poor head scholar had simply made
+for himself a transitionless experience with that twirling
+button, and could then sink his consciousness in its object,--
+at that moment the master's questions. It is with many of
+us a familiar experience, that of not being able to think
+unless in constant motion. Translated into our psychological
+scheme, the efficiency of these movements would be explained
+thus: Given the "whirling circles,"--the background of
+continuous movement sensations, which finally dropped out of
+consciousness, and the foreground of continuous thought,--the
+first protected, so to speak, the second, since they were
+mutually exclusive, and what broke the one destroyed the other.
+
+But to return from this digression, a background fading into
+nothingness, either as rest or as a closed circle of automatic
+movements, is the first condition of the ecstasy of mental
+production. The second is given in the character of its
+object. The object of high intellectual creation is a unity,--
+a perfect whole, revealed, as Jean Paul says, in a single
+movement of genius. Within the enchanted circle of his
+creation, the thinker is absorbed, because here too all his
+impulses are turned to one end, in relation to which nothing
+else exists.
+
+I am aware that many will see a sharp distinction here between
+the work of the creator or discoverer in science and the artist.
+They may maintain, in Schopenhauer's phrase, that the aim and
+end of science is just the connection of objects in the service
+of the will of the individual, and hence transition between the
+various terms is constant; while art, on the other hand, indeed
+isolates its object, and so drops transitions. But I think
+where we speak of "connection" thus, we mean the larger sweep
+of law. If the thinker looks beyond his special problem at
+all, it is, like Buddha, to "fix his eyes upon the chain of
+causation." The scientist of imagination sees his work under
+the form of eternity, as one link of that endless chain, one
+atom in that vortex of almighty purposes, which science will
+need all time to reveal. For him it is either one question,
+closed within itself by its own answer, or it is the Infinite
+Law of the Universe,--the point or the circle. From all points
+of view, then, the object of creation in art or science is a
+girdle of impulses from which the mind may not stray. The two
+conditions of our formal scheme are given: a term which
+disappears, and one which is a perfect whole. Transition
+between background and foreground has dropped. Between the
+objects of attention in the foreground it has no meaning,
+because the foreground is an indissoluble unity. With that
+object the self must feel itself one, since the distinctive
+self-feeling has disappeared with the opportunity for transition.
+
+We have thus swung around the circle of mystical, aesthetic,
+and creative emotion, and we have found a single formula to
+apply, and a single explanation to avail for the loss of
+personality. The conditions of such experiences bring about
+the disappearance of one term, and the impregnable unity of
+the other. Without transition between two terms in consciousness,
+two objects of attention, the loss of the feeling of personality
+takes place according to natural psychological laws. It is no
+longer a mystery that in intense experience the feeling of
+personality dissolves.
+
+One point, however, does remain still unexplained,--the bliss
+of self-abandonment. Whence are the definiteness and intensity
+of the religious and aesthetic emotions? The surrender of the
+sense of personality, it seems, is based on purely formal
+relations of the elements of consciousness, common to all three
+groups of the analyzed emotions. Yet it is precisely with a
+fading of self-feeling that intensity and definiteness deepen.
+But how can different and emotionally significant feelings
+arise from a single formal process? How can the worship of
+God become ecstatic joy through the loss of personality? The
+solution of this apparent paradox is demanded not only in
+logic, but also by those who would wish to see the religious
+trance distinguished also in its origin from those of baser
+content.
+
+But it is, after all, the formal nature of the phenomenon that
+gives us light. If variation in the degree of self-feeling is
+the common factor, and the disappearance of the transition-
+feeling its cause, then the lowest member of the scale, in
+which the loss of self-feeling takes place with mathematical
+completeness, must be included. That is the hypnotic trance.
+It is not necessary at this place to emphasize the fact that
+our theory, if accepted, would constitute a theory and a
+definition also of hypnotism. Of interest to our inquiry is
+merely a characteristic mark of the hypnotic state,--its
+tremendous suggestibility. Why is this? Our theory would
+answer that all impulses are held in equilibrium, and that an
+external suggestion has thus no rivals. Whatever the cause,
+this last is at any rate the fact. All suggestions seem to
+double in emotional value. Tell the hypnotic subject that
+he is sailing up the Rhine, and the most vivid admiration is
+in his aspect; he gazes in heart-felt devotion if it is a
+pretty girl he is bid to look at; he quaffs a glass of water
+with livelier delight than he would show for the draught of
+Chateau Yquem of which he is led to think.
+
+Now in religious and aesthetic experience there is brought
+about the same equilibrium or unity of impulses, resulting
+in analogous loss of self-feeling. But it is a most
+interesting fact that the FORM of the contemplated object
+is the cause of this arrest and repose. God, the circle of
+the Infinite, the Eternal One, enter into play as "unity"
+alone. What, then, of the content? After the analogy of
+the extreme case, the content--that is, emotional value
+and definite emotional tone--takes the place of the external
+suggestion. Under just the conditions of the religious
+trance, the element of reverence, of joyous sentiment, is
+able suddenly to take on a more vivid aspect. It may not
+be that the emotion itself is greater, but it now holds the
+field. It may not be that it is more intense, but the
+intensity of concentration which takes on its color makes
+it seem so. The "rapture" is just the sense of being caught
+up into union with the highest; the joy of the rapture is
+the joy of every thought of God, here left free to brighten
+into ecstasy; and its "revelation-value" is again the sense
+of immediate union with a Being the intellectual concept of
+whom is immensely vivified.
+
+So may be analyzed the aesthetic ecstasy. The tension of
+those mutually antagonistic impulses which make balance, and
+so unity, and so the conditions for loss of sense of self,
+clears the way for tasting the full savor of pleasure in
+bright color, flowing line, exquisite tone-sequence, moving
+thought. Many a commonplace experience, says M. Souriau,
+suddenly takes on a charm when seen in the arrested aesthetic
+vision. "Every one can have observed that an object in itself
+agreeable to look on, like a bouquet of flowers, or the fresh
+face of a young girl, takes on a sort of magic and supernatural
+beauty if we regard it mechanically while listening to music."<1>
+The intensity of concentration caused by the unity of form
+fuses with this suggested vividness of feeling from content
+and material, and the whole is felt as intensity of aesthetic
+emotion. The Sistine Madonna would not strike so deep in
+feeling were it less crystalline in its unity, less trance-like
+in its repose, and so less enchanting in its suggestion.
+
+<1> P. Souriau, _La Suggestion en l'Art._
+
+So it is not only the man of achievement who sees but one thing
+at a time. To enter intensely into any ideal experience means
+to be blind to all others. One must lose one's own soul to
+gain the world, and none who enter and return from the paradise
+of selfless ecstasy will question that it is gained. It may
+be that personality is a hindrance and a barrier, and that we
+are only truly in harmony with the secret of our own existence
+when we cease to set ourselves over against the world.
+Nevertheless, the sense of individuality is a possession for
+which the most of mankind would pay the price, if it must be
+paid, even of eternal suffering. The delicious hour of fusion
+with the universe is precious, so it seems to us now, just
+because we can return from it to our own nest, and, close and
+warm there, count up our happiness. The fragmentariness and
+multiplicity of life are, then, the saving of the sense of
+selfhood, and we must indeed
+
+ "Rejoice that man is hurled
+ From change to change unceasingly,
+ His soul's wings never furled."
+
+
+IV
+THE BEAUTY OF FINE ART
+
+
+IV
+A. THE BEAUTY OF VISUAL FORM
+
+I
+
+IN what consists the Beauty of Visual Form? The older writers
+on what we now know as the science of art did not ask themselves
+this question. Although we are accustomed to hear that order,
+symmetry, unity in variety, was the Greek, and in particular
+the Platonic, formula for beauty, we observe, on examining the
+passages cited in evidence, that it is rather the moral quality
+appertaining to these characteristics that determines them as
+beautiful; symmetry is beautiful, because harmonious, and
+inducing order and self-restraint. Aristotle's single
+pronouncement in the sense of our question is the dictum: there
+is no beauty without a certain magnitude. Lessing, in his
+"Laocoon," really the first modern treatise in aesthetics,
+discusses the excellences of painting and poetry, but deals
+with visible beauty as if it were a fixed quality, understood
+when referred to, like color. This is undoubtedly due to his
+unconscious reference of beauty to the human form alone; a
+reference which he would have denied, but which influences his
+whole aesthetic theory. In speaking of a beautiful picture, for
+instance, he would have meant first of all the representation
+of beautiful persons in it, hardly at all that essential beauty
+of the picture as painting, to which every inch of the canvas
+is alike precious. It is clear to us now, however, that the
+beauty of the human form is the most obscure of all possible
+cases, complex in itself, and overlaid and involved as it is
+with innumerable interests and motives of extra-aesthetic
+character. Beauty in simple forms must be our first study;
+and great credit is due to Hogarth for having propounded in
+his "Analysis of Beauty" the simple question,--what makes the
+quality of beauty to the eye?
+
+But in visible beauty, the aesthetic value of pure form is
+not the only element involved: or at least is must be
+settled whether or not it is the only element involved. If
+in a work of art, as we believe, what belongs to its excellence
+belongs to its beauty, we may not applaud one painter, for
+instance, for his marvelous color-schemes, another for his
+expression of emotion, another for his delineation of
+character, without acknowledging that expression of character
+and emotion come within our concept of visible beauty. Franz
+von Lenbach was once asked what he thought likely to be the
+fate of his own work. "As for that," he replied, "I think I
+may possibly have a chance of living; but ONLY if
+Individualization or Characterization be deemed to constitute
+a quality of permanent value in a picture. This, however, I
+shall never know, for it can only be adjudged by posterity.
+If that verdict should prove unfavorable, then my work, too,
+will perish with the rest,--for it cannot compare on their
+lines with the great masters of the past." That this is
+indeed an issue is shown by the contrasting opinion of the
+critic who exclaimed before a portrait, "Think away the
+head and face, and you will have a wonderful effect of color!"
+The analysis of visible beauty accordingly resolves itself
+into the explanation of the beauty of form (including shape
+and color) and the fixing in relation thereto of other
+factors.
+
+The most difficult part of our task is indeed behind us. We
+have already defined Beauty in general: we have outlined
+in a preceding essay the abstract aesthetic demands, and we
+have now only to ask through what psychological means these
+demands can be and are in fact met. In other words we have
+to show that what we intensely feel as Beauty can and does
+exemplify these principles, and through them is explained and
+accounted for. Beauty has been defined as that combination
+of qualities in the object which brings about a union of
+stimulation and repose in the enjoyer. How must this be
+interpreted with reference to the particular facts of visual
+form?
+
+The most immediate reference is naturally to the sense organ
+itself; and the first question is therefore as to the
+favorable stimulations of the eye. What, in general, does
+the eye demand of its object?
+
+
+II
+
+The simplest element of visual experience is of course found
+in light and color, the sensation of the eye as such. Yet
+there is no branch of aesthetic which is so incomplete. We
+know that the sensation of light or color, if not too weak
+or too violent, is in itself pleasing. The bright, the
+glittering, shining object, so long as it is not painful,
+is pleasantly stimulating. Gems, tinsel, lacquer, polish,
+testify to this taste, from the most primitive to the most
+civilized man. Color, too, if distinct, not over-bright,
+nor too much extended in field, is in itself pleasing. The
+single colors have been the object of comparatively little
+study. Experiment seems to show that the colors containing
+most brightness--white, red, and yellow--are preferred.
+Baldwin, in his "dynamogenic" experiments,<1> based on "the
+view that the infant's hand movements in reaching or
+grasping are the best index of the kind and intensity of
+its sensory experiences," finds that the colors range
+themselves in order of attractiveness, blue, white, red,
+green, brown. Further corrections lay more emphasis upon
+the white. Yellow was not included in the experiments.
+Cohn's results, which show a relative dislike of yellow,
+are contradicted by other observers, notably Major and
+Baker,<2> and (unpublished) experiments of my own, including
+the aesthetic preferences of seven or eight different sets
+of students at Radcliffe and Wellesley colleges. Experiments
+of this kind are particularly difficult, inasmuch as the
+material, usually colored paper, varies considerably from
+the spectral color, and differences in saturation, hue, and
+brightness make great differences in the results, while the
+feeling-tone of association, individual or racial, very
+often intrudes. But other things being equal, the bright,
+the clear, the saturated color is relatively more pleasing,
+and white, red, and yellow seem especially preferred.
+
+<1> _Mental Development in the Child and the Race_, 1895,
+pp. 39, 50, ff.
+<2> E. S. Baker, _Univ. of Toronto Studies, Psychol. Series_,
+No. 4; J. Cohn, _Philos. Studien_, vol. X; Major, _Amer. Jour.
+of Psychol._, vol. vii.
+
+Now, according to the Hering theory of color, white, red, and
+yellow are the so-called "dissimilating" colors in the three
+pairs, white-black, red-green, and yellow-blue, corresponding
+to three hypothetical visual substances in the retina. These
+substances, that is, in undergoing a kind of chemical
+disintegration under the action of light-rays, are supposed to
+give the sensations white, red, or yellow respectively, and in
+renewing themselves again to give the sensations of black,
+green, and blue. The dissimilating process seems to bring
+about stronger reactions on the physiological side, as if it
+were a more exciting process. Thus it is found<1> that as
+measured by the increase in strength of the hand grip under
+the stimulation of the respective colors, red has particularly
+exciting qualities, but the other colors have an analogous
+effect, lessening, however, with the descent from red to
+violet. The pleasure in bright red, or yellow, for instance,
+may thus well be the feeling-tone arising in the purely
+physiological effect of the color. If red works like a trumpet
+call, while blue calms and cools, and if red is preferred to
+blue, it is because a sharp stimulation is so felt, and so
+preferred.
+
+<1> Ch. Fere, _Sensation et Mouvement_, 1887, p. 80.
+
+The question of the demands of the eye in color combination is
+still more complicated. It has been traditional to consider
+the complementaries black-white, red-green, blue-yellow, and
+the other pairs resulting from the mixtures of these as the
+best combinations. The physiological explanation is of course
+found in the relief and refreshment to the organs in successive
+alternation of the processes of assimilation and dissimilation,
+and objectively in the reinforcement, through this stronger
+functioning of the retina, of the complementary colors
+themselves. This tendency to mutual aid is shown in the
+familiar experiment of fixating for some moments a colored
+object, say red, and then transferring the gaze to a white or
+gray expanse. The image of the object appears thereon in the
+complementary green. Per contra, the most complete lack of
+contrast makes the most unpleasing combination, because instead
+of a refreshing alternation of processes in the retina, a
+fatiguing repetition results. Red and orange (red-yellow), or
+red and purple (red-blue), successively stimulate the red-
+process with most evil effect.
+
+This contrast theory should, however, not be interpreted too
+narrowly. There are pairs of so-called complementaries which
+make a very crude, harsh, even painful impression. The theory
+is happily supplemented by showing<1> that the ideal combination
+involves all three contrast factors, hue, saturation, and
+brightness. Contrast of saturation or brightness within the
+same hue is also pleasant. For any two qualities of the color
+circle, in fact, there can be found degrees of saturation and
+brightness in which they will form an agreeable combination,
+and this pleasing effect will be based on some form of contrast.
+But the absolute and relative extension and the space-form of
+the components have also a great influence on the pleasurableness
+of combinations.
+
+<1> A. Kirschmann, "Die psychol.-aesthet. Bedeutung des Licht
+und Farbencontrastes," _Philos. Studien_, vol. vii.
+
+Further rules can hardly be given; but the results of various
+observers<1> seem to show that the best combinations lie, as
+already said, among the complementaries, or among those pairs
+nearer together in the color circle than complementaries, which
+are "warmer." The reason for this last is that, in Chevreul's
+phraseology, combinations of cold colors change each other's
+peculiar hue the most, and of warm colors the least; because
+the complementaries of these cold colors are "warm," i.e.
+bright, and each, appearing on the field of the neighboring
+cold color, seems to fade it out; while the complementaries
+of the juxtaposed warm colors are not bright, and do not have
+sufficient strength to affect their neighbors at all. With a
+combination of blue and green for instance, a yellow shade
+would appear in the green and a red in the blue. Such a
+result fails to satisfy the demand, already touched on, for
+purity and homogeneity of color,--that is, for unimpeded seeing
+of color.
+
+<1> Chevreul, _De la Loi du Contraste Simultane des Couleurs_.
+E.S. Banker, op. Cit.
+
+What significance have these abstract principles of beauty in
+the combination of colors for representative art? In the
+choice of objects with a definite local color, of course, these
+laws will be found operative. A scheme of blues and yellows
+is likely to be more effective than one of reds and violets.
+If we analyze the masterpiece of coloring, we shall find that
+what we at first supposed to be the wonderful single effects of
+color is really the result of juxtapositions which bring out
+each color to its highest power.
+
+
+III
+
+While all this may be true, however, the most important question
+has not yet been asked. Is truth of color in representative art
+the same thing as beauty of color? It might be said that the
+whole procedure of the so-called Impressionist school, in fact
+the whole trend of the modern treatment of color, took their
+identity for granted. Yet we must discriminate. Truth of color
+may be truth to the local color of the given objects, alone or
+together; in this case we should have to say that beauty did or
+did not exist in the picture, according as it did or did not
+exist in the original combination. A red hat on a purple chair
+would set one's teeth on edge, in model or picture. Secondly,
+truth of color may be truth to the modifications of the
+enveloping light, and in this case truth would make for beauty.
+For the colors of any given scene are in general not colors
+which the objects themselves, if isolated, would have, but the
+colors which the eye itself is forced to see. The bluish
+shadow of an object in bright sunlight (yellowish light) is only
+an expression of the law that in the neighborhood of a colored
+object we see its complementary color. If such an effect is
+reproduced in a picture, it gives the same relief to the eye
+which the original effect showed the need of. The eye fatigued
+with yellow sees blue; so if the blue is really supplied in the
+picture, it is not only true, but on the road to beauty, because
+meting the eye's demand. The older methods of painting gave the
+local color of an object, with an admixture of white for the
+lights, and a warm dark for the shadows; the modern--which had
+been touched on, indeed, sporadically, by Perugino and Vermeer,
+for instance,--gives in the shadow the complementary color of
+the object combined with that of the light falling upon it--all
+conditions of favorable stimulation.
+
+Further favorable stimulation of the eye is given in the method
+of the Impressionists in treating "values," that is, comparative
+relations of light and shade. The real tones of objects
+including the sky, light, etc., can never be reproduced. The
+older schools, conscious of this, were satisfied to paint in a
+scale of correspondence, in which the relative values were
+fairly kept. But even by that means, the great differences of
+intensity could not be given, for the brightest spot of any
+painting is never more than sixty-six times brighter than the
+darkest, while the gray sky on a dull rainy day is four hundred
+and twenty times brighter than a white painted cross-bar of a
+window seen against the sky as background.<1> There were
+various ways of combating this difficulty. Rembrandt, for
+instance, as Kirschmann tells us, chose the sombre brown tone,
+"not out of caprice or an inclination for mystic dreaming
+(Fromentin), but because the yellow and orange side of the
+color-manifold admits of the greatest number of intervals
+between full saturation and the darkest shade." The precursors
+of the Impressionists, on the other hand, succeeded in painting
+absolute values, confining themselves to a very limited gamut;
+for this reason the first landscapes of the school were all
+gray-green, dull, cloudy. But Monet did not stop there. He
+painted the ABSOLUTE VALUES of objects IN SHADE on a sunny day,
+which of course demands the brightest possibilities of the
+palette, and got the lighted objects themselves as nearly as
+he could,--thus destroying the relative values, but getting an
+extraordinary joyous and glowing effect; and one, too, of
+unexpected verisimilitude, for it would seem that in a sunlit
+scene we are really attentive to the shaded objects alone, and
+what becomes of the others does not so much matter. This effect
+was made still more possible by the so-called dissociation of
+colors,--i.e. the juxtaposing of tints, the blending of which
+by the eye gives the desired color, without the loss of
+brightness which a mixing of pigments would involve. Thus by
+putting touches of black and white side by side, for instance,
+a gray results much brighter than could have been otherwise
+reached by mixing; or blue and red spots are blended by the
+eye to an extraordinarily vivid purple. Thus, by these
+methods, using the truth of color in the sense of following
+the nature of retinal functioning, Monet and his followers
+raised the color scale many degrees in brightness. Now we
+have seen that the eye loves light, warmth, strong color-effects,
+related to each other in the way that the eye must see them.
+Impressionism, as the name of the method just described, makes
+it more possible than it had been before to meet the demands
+of the eye for light and color, to recover "the innocence of
+the eye," in Ruskin's phrase. Truth to the local color of
+objects is relatively indifferent, unless that color is
+beautiful in itself; truth to the reciprocal relations and
+changes of hue is beauty, because it allows for the eye's own
+adaptations of its surroundings in the interest of its own
+functioning. Thus in this case, and to sum up, truth is
+synonymous with beauty, in so far as beauty is constituted by
+favorable stimulation of an organ. The further question, how
+far this vivid treatment of light is of importance for the
+realization of depth and distance, is not here entered on.
+
+<1> Kirschmann, _Univ. of Toronto Studies, Psychol. Series_ No.
+4, p. 20.
+
+
+IV
+
+The moment we touch upon line-form we are already, in strictness,
+beyond the elements. For with form enters the motor factor,
+which cannot be separated from the motor innervations of the
+whole body. It is possible, however, to abstract for the moment
+from the form as a unit, and to consider here only what may be
+called the quality of line. A line may be straight or broken,
+and if curved, curving continuously or brokenly, etc. That
+this quality of line is distinct from form may be shown by the
+simple experiment of turning a spiral--a logarithmic spiral,
+let us say--in different ways about its focus. The aesthetic
+effect of the figure is absolutely different in the different
+positions, and yet the feeling about the character of the line
+itself seems to remain the same. In what sense, and for what
+reasons, does this curved line satisfy the demands of the eye?
+The discussion of this question precipitates us at once into
+one of the burning controversies of aesthetics, which may
+perhaps best be dealt with at this point.
+
+An early answer to the question would have been, that the eye
+is so hung in its muscles as to move most easily in curved
+lines, and this easy action in following the curve is felt as
+favorable stimulation. But recent experiment<1> has shown
+that the eye in fact moves by most irregular, angular leaps
+from point to point of the figure. The theory is therefore
+remodeled by substituting for the movement sensations of the
+eye, the tendencies corresponding to those early movements of
+touching imitative of the form, by which we learned to know a
+form for what it is, and the reproduction of feeling-tones
+belonging to the character of such movement. The movements
+of touching and feeling for a smooth continuous curved object
+are themselves pleasant. This complex of psychical factors
+makes a pleasurably stimulating experience. The greater the
+tendency to complete reproduction of these movements, that is,
+the stronger the "bodily resonance," the more vivid the pleasure.
+Whether we (with Groos) designate this as sympathetic reproduction,
+or (with Lipps) attribute to the figure the movements and the
+feelings which resound in us after this fashion, or even (with
+Witasek) insist on the purely ideal character of the reproduction,
+seems to me not essential to the explanation of the pleasing
+character of the experience, and hence of the beauty of the
+object. Not THAT we sympathetically reproduce ("Miterleben"),
+or "feel ourselves into" a form ("Einfuhlen"), but HOW we do so,
+is the question.
+
+<1> G.M. Stratton, _Philos. Studies_, xx.
+
+All that Hogarth says of the beauty of the serpentine line, as
+"leading the eye a kind of chase," is fully in harmony with this
+view, if we add to the exploiting movements of the eyes those
+other more important motor innervations of the body. But we
+should still have to ask, WHAT kind of chase? Sharp, broken,
+starting lines might be the basis of a much more vivid experience,
+--but it would be aesthetically negative. "The complete sensuous
+experience of the spatial" is not enough, unless that experience
+is positively, that is, favorably toned. Clear or vivid seeing
+made possible by the form of the object is not enough. Only as
+FAVORABLY stimulating, that is, only as calling up ideal
+reproductions, or physical imitations, of movements which in
+themselves were suited to the functions of the organs involved,
+can forms be found positively aesthetic, that is, beautiful.
+
+Moreover, we have to note here, and to emphasize, that the
+organs involved are more than the eye, as has already been made
+plain. We cannot separate eye innvervations from bodily
+innervations in general. And therefore "the demands of the eye"
+can never alone decide the question of the beauty of visual
+form. If it were not so, the favorable stimulation combined
+with repose of the eye would alone make the conditions of
+beauty. The "demands of the eye" must be interpreted as the
+demands of the eye plus the demands of the motor system,--the
+whole psychophysical personality, in short.
+
+It is in these two principles,--"bodily resonance," and favorable
+as opposed to energetic functioning,--and these alone, that we
+have a complete refutation of the claim made by many artists
+to-day, that the phrase "demands of the eye" embodies a complete
+aesthetic theory. The sculptor Adolph Hildebrand, in his
+"Problem of Form in the Plastic Art" first set it forth as the
+task of the artist "to find a form which appears to have arisen
+only from the demands of the eye;"<1> and this doctrine is
+to-day so widely held, that it must here be considered at some
+length.
+
+<1> _Das Proablem der form in d. bildenden Kunst_, 1897.
+
+It is the space-form, all that is seen, and not the object itself,
+that is the object of vision. Now in viewing a plastic object
+near at hand, the focus of the eye must be constantly changed
+between the nearer and further points. In a more distant view,
+on the other hand (Hildebrand's "Fernbild"), the contour is
+denoted by differences of light and shadow, but it is nevertheless
+perceived in a single act of accommodation. Moreover, being
+distant, the muscles of accommodation are relaxed; the eye acts
+at rest. The "Fernbild" thus gives the only unified picture of
+the three-dimensional complex, and hence the only unity of space-
+values. In the perception of this unity, the author holds,
+consists the essential pleasure which the work of art gives us.
+Hildebrand's treatment is difficult, and lends itself to varying
+interpretations, which have laid stress now on unity as the
+essential of art,<1> now on "the joy in the complete sensuous
+experience of the spatial."<2> The latter seems in harmony with
+the passage in which Hildebrand says "all pleasure in Form is
+pleasure in our not being obliged to create this clearness for
+ourselves, in its being created for us, nay, even forced upon
+us, by the form itself."
+
+<1> A. Riehl, _Vierteljahrschr. f. wissenensch. Philos._, xxi,
+xxii.
+<2> K. Groos, _Der Aesthetische Genuss_, 1902, p. 17.
+
+But supposing the first interpretation correct: supposing
+space-unity, conditioned by the unified and reposeful act of
+seeing, to be the beauty we seek--it is at once clear that the
+reduction of three dimensions to two does not constitute unity
+even for the eye alone; how much less for the motor system of
+the whole body, which we have seen must be involved. Hildebrand's
+"demands of the eye" resolves itself into the stimulation plus
+repose of the ciliary muscle,--the organ of accommodation. A
+real unity even for the eye alone would have to include not
+only space relations in the third dimension, but relations of
+line and mass and color in the flat. As for the "complete
+sensuous experience of the spatial" (which would seem to be
+equivalent to Berenson's "tactile values"), the "clearness" of
+Hildebrand's sentence above quoted, it is evident that
+completeness of the experience does not necessarily involve
+the positive or pleasurable toning of the experience. The
+distinction is that between a beautiful and a completely
+realistic picture.
+
+A further extension or restatement of this theory, in a recent
+article,<1> seems to me to express it in the most favorable
+way. Beauty is again connected with the functioning of our
+organs of perception (Auffassungorgane). "We wish to be put
+into a fresh, lively, energetic and yet at the same time
+effortless activity.... The pleasure in form is a pleasure
+in this, that the conformation of the object makes possible
+or rather compels a natural purposeful functioning of our
+apprehending organs." But purposeful for what? For visual
+form, evidently to the end of seeing clearly. The element of
+repose, of unity, hinted at in the "effortless" of the first
+sentence, disappears in the second. The organs of apprehension
+are evidently limited to the eye alone. It is not the perfect
+moment of stimulation and repose for the whole organism which
+is aimed at, but the complete sensuous experience of the
+spatial, again.
+
+<1> Th. A. Meyer, "Das Formprinzip des Schouen," _Archiv. f.
+Phil._, Bd. x.
+
+Hildebrand, to return to the more famous theorist, was writing
+primarily of sculpture, and would naturally confine himself to
+consideration of the plastic, which is an additional reason
+against making this interesting brochure, as some have done,
+the foundation of an aesthetics. It is rather the foundation
+of the sculptor's, perhaps even of the painter's technique,
+with reference to plastic elements alone. What it contains
+of universal significance, the demand for space-unity, based
+on the state of the eye in a union of rest and action, ignores
+all but one of the possible sources of rest and action for
+the eye, that of accommodation, and all the allied activities
+completely.
+
+On the basis of the favorable stimulations of all these
+activities taken together, must we judge as pleasing the so-
+called quality of line. But it is clear that we cannot really
+separate the question of quality of line from that of form,
+figure, and arrangement in space. The motor innervations
+enter with the first, and the moment we have form at all, we
+have space-composition also. But space-composition means
+unity, and unity is the objective quality which must be
+translated, in our investigations, into aesthetic repose. It
+is thus with the study of composition that we pass from the
+study of the elements as favorably stimulating, to the study
+of the beauty of visual form.
+
+
+V
+
+We may begin by asking what, as a matter of fact, has been the
+arrangement of spaces to give aesthetic pleasure. The primitive
+art of all nations shows that it has taken the direction of
+symmetry about a vertical line. It might be said that this is
+the result of non-aesthetic influences, such as convenience of
+construction, technique, etc. <1>It is clear that much of the
+symmetry appearing in primitive art is due (1) to the conditions
+of construction, as in the form of dwellings, binding patterns,
+weaving and textile patterns generally; (2) to convenience in
+use, as in the shapes of spears, arrows, knives, two-handled
+baskets or jars; (3) to the imitation of animal forms, as in
+the shapes of pottery, etc. On the other hand, (1) a very
+great deal of symmetrical ornament maintains itself AGAINST the
+suggestions of the shape to which it is applied, as the
+ornaments of baskets, pottery, and all rounded objects; and
+(2) all distortion, disintegration, degradation of pattern-
+motives, often so marked as all but to destroy their meaning,
+is in the direction of geometrical symmetry. The early art of
+all civilized nations shows the same characteristic. Now it
+might be said that, as there exists an instinctive tendency to
+imitate visual forms by motor impulses, the impulses suggested
+by the symmetrical form are in harmony with the system of
+energies of our bilateral organism, which is a system of double
+motor innervations, and thus fulfill our demand for a set of
+reactions corresponding to the organism as a whole. But we
+should then expect that all space arrangements which deviate
+from complete symmetry, and thus suggest motor impulses which
+do not correspond to the natural bilateral type, would fail to
+give aesthetic pleasure. Such, however, is not the case. Non-symmetrical arrangements of space are often extremely pleasing.
+
+<1> The following is adapted from the author's _Studies in
+Symmetry, Harvard Psych. Studies_, vol i, 1902.
+
+This contradiction disappears if we are able to show that the
+apparently non-symmetrical arrangement contains a hidden
+symmetry, and that all the elements of that arrangement
+contribute to bring about just that bilateral type of motor
+impulses which is characteristic of geometrical symmetry.
+
+A series of experiments was arranged, in which one of two
+unequal lines of white on a black background being fixed in
+an upright position a certain distance from the centre, the
+other was shifted until the arrangement was felt to be pleasing.
+It was found that when two lines of different sizes were opposed,
+their relative positions corresponded to the relation of the
+arms of a balance, that is, a small line far from the centre
+was opposed by a large one near the centre. A line pointing
+out from the centre fitted this formula if taken as "heavy,"
+and pointing in, if taken as "light." Similarly, objects of
+intrinsic interest and objects suggesting depth in the third
+dimension were "heavy" in the same interpretation. All this,
+however, did not go beyond the proof that all pleasing space-
+arrangements can be described in terms of mechanical balance.
+But what was this mechanical balance? A metaphor explains
+nothing, and no one will maintain that the visual representation
+of a long line weights more than a short one. Moreover, the
+elements in the balance were so far heterogeneous. The
+movement suggested by an idea had been treated as if equivalent
+to the movement actually made by the eye in following a long
+line; the intrinsic interest--that is, the ideal interest--of
+an object insignificant in form was equated to the attractive
+power of a perspective, which has, presumably, a merely
+physiological effect on the visual mechanism.
+
+I believe, however, that the justification of this apparent
+heterogeneity, and the basis for explanation, is given in the
+reduction of all elements to their lowest term,--as objects
+for the expenditure of attention. A large object and an
+"interesting" object are "heavy" for the same reason, because
+they call out the attention. And expenditure of effort is
+expenditure of attention; thus, if an object on the outskirts
+of the field of vision requires a wide sweep of the eye to take
+it in, it demands the expenditure of attention, and so is felt
+as "heavy." But what is "the expenditure of attention" in
+physiological terms? It is nothing more than the measure of
+the motor impulses directed to the object of attention. And
+whether the motor impulse appears as the tendency to follow
+out the suggestions of motion in the object, all reduces to
+the same physiological basis.
+
+It may here be objected that our motor impulses are, nevertheless,
+still heterogeneous, inasmuch as some are toward the object of
+interest, and some along the line of movement. But it must be
+said, first, that these are not felt in the body, but transferred
+as values of weight to points in the picture,--it is the amount
+and not the direction of excitement that is counted; and secondly,
+that even if it were not so, the suggested movement along a line
+is felt as "weight" at a particular point.
+
+From this point of view the justification of the metaphor of
+mechanical balance is quite clear. Given two lines, the most
+pleasing arrangement makes the larger nearer the centre, and
+the smaller far from it. This is balanced because the spontaneous
+impulse of attention to the near, large line equals in amount
+the involuntary expenditure to apprehend the small, farther one.
+
+We may thus think of a space to be composed as a kind of target,
+in which certain spots or territories count more or less, both
+according to their distance from the centre and according to what
+fills them. Every element of a picture, in whatever way it gains
+power to excite motor impulses, is felt as expressing that power
+in the flat pattern. A noble vista is understood and enjoyed as
+a vista, but it is COUNTED in the motor equation, our "balance,"
+as a spot of so much intrinsic value at such and such a distance
+from the centre. The skillful artist will fill his target in the
+way to give the maximum of motor impulses with the perfection of
+balance between them.
+
+It is thus in a kind of substitutional symmetry, or balance, that
+we have the objective condition or counterpart of aesthetic
+repose, or unity. From this point of view it is clearly seen in
+what respect the unity of Hildebrand fails. He demands in the
+statue, especially, but also in the picture, the flat surface as
+a unity for the three dimensions. But it is only with the flat
+space, won, if you will, by Hildebrand's method, that the problem
+begins. Every point in the third dimension counts, as has been
+said, in the flat. The Fernbild is the beginning of beauty, but
+within the Fernbild favorable stimulation and repose must still
+be sought. And repose or unity is given by symmetry, subjectively
+the balance of attention, inasmuch as this balance is a tension
+of antagonistic impulses, an equilibrium, and thus an inhibition
+of movement.
+
+From this point of view, we are in a position to refute Souriau's
+interesting analysis<1> of form as the condition for the
+appreciation of content. He says that form, in a picture for
+instance, has its value in its power to produce (through its
+fixation and concentration of the eye) a mild hypnosis, in which,
+as is well known, all suggestions come to us with bewildering
+vividness. This is, then, just the state in which the contents
+of the picture can most vividly impress themselves. Form, then,
+as the means to content, by giving the conditions for suggestion,
+is Sourieau's account of it. In so far as form--in the sense
+of unity--gives, through balance and equilibrium of impulses,
+the arrest of the personality, it may indeed be compared with
+hypnotism. But this arrest is not only a means, but an end in
+itself; that aesthetic repose, which, as the unity of the
+personality, is an essential element of the aesthetic emotion
+as we have described it.
+
+<1> _La Suggestion en l'Art_.
+
+
+VI
+
+There is no point of light or color, no contour, no line, no
+depth, that does not contribute to the infinite complex which
+gives the maximum of experience with the minimum of effort and
+which we call beauty of form. But yet there is another way of
+viewing the beautiful object, on which we touched in the
+introduction to this chapter. So far, what we see is only
+another name for HOW we see; and the way of seeing has proved
+to contain enough to bring to stimulation and repose the
+psychophysical mechanism. But now we must ask, what relation
+has meaning to beauty? Is it an element, coordinate with others,
+or something superposed? or is it an end in itself, the supreme
+end? What relation to the beauty of form has that quality of
+their works by virtue of which Rembrandt is called a dreamer,
+and Rodin a poet in stone? What do we mean when we speak of
+Sargent as a psychologist? Is it a virtue to be a poet in
+stone? If it is, we must somehow include in our concept of
+Beauty the element of expression, by showing how it serves the
+infinite complex. Or is it not an aesthetic virtue, and Rodin
+is great artist and poet combined, and not great artist because
+poet, as some would say? What is the relation of the objective
+content to beauty of form? In short, what place has the idea
+in Beauty?
+
+In the preceding the place of separate objects which have only
+an ideal importance has been made clear. The gold-embroidered
+gauntlet in a picture counts as a patch of light, a trend of
+line, in a certain spot; but it counts more there, because it
+is of interest for itself, and by thus counting more, the idea
+has entered into the spatial balance,--the idea has become
+itself form. Now it is the question whether all "idea," which
+seems so heterogeneous in its relation to form, does not undergo
+this transmutation. It is at least of interest to see whether
+the facts can be so interpreted.
+
+We have spoken of ideas a parts of an aesthetic whole. What of
+the idea of the whole? Corot used to say he painted a dream,
+and it is the dream of an autumn morning we see in his pictures.
+Millet portrays the sad majesty and sweetness of the life near
+the soil. How must we relate these facts to the views already
+won?
+
+It has often been said that the view which makes the element of
+form for the eye alone, in the strictest sense, is erroneous,
+because there is no form for the eye alone. The very process
+of apprehending a line involves not only motor memories and
+impulses, but numberless ideal associations, and these
+associations constitute the line as truly as do the others. The
+impression of the line involves expression, a meaning which we
+cannot escape. The forms of things constitute a kind of dialect
+of life,--and thus it is that the theory of Einfuhlung in its
+deepest sense is grounded. The Doric column causes in us, no
+doubt, motor impulses, but it means, and must mean, to us, the
+expression of internal energy through those very impulses it
+causes. "We ourselves are contracting our muscles, but we
+feel as if the lines were pulling and piercing, bending and
+lifting, pressing down and pushing up; in short, as soon as the
+visual impression is really isolated, and all other ideas really
+excluded, then the motor impulses do not awake actions which are
+taken as actions of ourselves, but feelings of energy which are
+taken as energies of the visual forms and lines."<1> So the
+idea belonging to the object, and the psychophysical effect of
+the object are only obverse and inverse of the same phenomenon.
+And our pleasure in the form of the column is rather our
+appreciation of energy than our feeling of favorable stimulation.
+Admitting this reasoning, the meaning of a picture would be the
+same as its beauty, it is said. The heroic art of J.-F. Millet,
+for example, would be beautiful because it is the perfect
+expression of the simplicity and suffering of labor.
+
+<1> H. Munsterberg, _The Principles of Art Education_, p. 87.
+
+Let us examine this apparently reasonable theory. It is true
+that every visual element is understood as expression too. It
+is not true, however, that expression and impression are parallel
+and mutually corresponding beyond the elements. Suppose a
+concourse of columns covered by a roof,--the Parthenon. Those
+psychophysical changes induced by the sight now mutually check
+and modify each other. Can we say that there is a "meaning,"
+like the energy of the column, corresponding to that complex?
+It is at least not energy itself. Ask the same as regards the
+lines and masses of a picture by Corot. In the sense in which
+we have taken "meaning," the only psychologically possible one,
+our reactions could be interpreted only by some mood. If the
+column means energy because it makes us tower, then the picture
+must mean what it makes us do. That is, a combination of
+feathery fronds and horizontal lines of water, bathed in a gray-
+green silvery mist, can "mean" only a repose lightened by a
+grave yet cheerful spirit. In short, this theory of
+expressiveness cannot go beyond the mood or moral quality. In
+the sense of INFORMATION, the theory of Einfuhlung contributes
+nothing. Now, in this limited sense, we have indeed no reason
+to contradict it, but simply to point out that it holds only
+in this extremely limited sense. When we see broad sweeping
+lines we interpret them by sympathetic reproduction as strength,
+energy. When those sweeping lines are made part of a Titan's
+frame, we get the same effect plus the associations which belong
+to distinctively muscular energy. Those same lines might define
+the sweep of a drapery, or the curve of an infant's limbs. Now
+all that part of the meaning which belongs to the lines
+themselves remains constant under whatever circumstances; and
+it is quite true that a certain feeling-tone, a certain moral
+quality, as it were, belongs, say, to Raphael's pictures, in
+which this kind of outline is to be found. But as belonging to
+a Titan, the additional elements of understanding are not due
+to sympathetic reproduction. They are not parallel with the
+motor suggestions; they are simply an associational addition,
+due to our information about the power of men with muscles
+like that. That there are secondary motor elements as a
+reverberation of these ideal elements need not be denied. But
+they are not directly due to the form. Now such part of our
+response to a picture as is directly induced by the form, we
+have a right to include in the aesthetic experience. It will,
+however, in every work of art of even the least complexity,
+be expressible only as a mood, very indefinite, often
+indescribable. To make this "meaning," then, the essential
+aim of a picture seems unreasonable.
+
+It is evident that in experience we do not, as a matter of
+fact, separate the mood which is due to sympathy from the
+ideal content of the picture. Corot paint a summer dawn.
+We cannot separate our pleasure in the sight from our pleasure
+in the understanding; yet it is the visual complex that gives
+us the mood, and the meaning of the scene is due to factors
+of association. The "serene and happy dream," the "conviction
+of a solemn and radiant Arcadia," are not "expression" in that
+inevitable sense in which we agreed to take it, but the result
+of a most extended upbuilding of ideal (that is, associational)
+elements.
+
+The "idea," then, as we have propounded it, is not, as was
+thought possible, an integral and essential part, but an
+addition to the visual form, and we have still to ask what is
+its value. But in so far as it is an addition, its effect
+may be in conflict with what we may call the feeling-tone
+produced by sympathetic reproduction. In that case, one must
+yield to the other. Now it is not probably that even the most
+convinced adherents of the expression theory would hold that
+if expression or beauty MUST go, expression should be kept.
+They only say that expression IS beauty. But the moment it is
+admitted that there is a beauty of form independent of the
+ideal element, this theory can no longer stand. If there is
+a conflict, the palm must be given to the direct, rather than
+the indirect, factor. Indeed, when there is such a conflict,
+the primacy must always be with the medium suited to the organ,
+the sensuous factor. For if it were not so, and expression
+WERE beauty, then that would have to be most beautiful which
+was most expressive. And even if we disregard the extraordinary
+conclusions to which this would lead,--the story pictures
+preferred to those without a story, the photographic reproductions
+preferred to the symphonies of color and form,--we should be
+obliged to admit something still more incendiary. Expression
+is always of an ideal content, is of something to express; and
+it is unquestioned that in words, and in words alone, can we
+get nearest to the inexpressible. Then literature, as being
+the most expressive, would be the highest art, and we should be
+confronted with a hierarchy of arts, from that down.
+
+Now, in truth, the real lover of beauty knows that no one art
+is superior to another. "Each in his separate star," they reign
+alone. In order to be equal, they must depend on their material,
+not on that common quality of imaginative thought which each has
+in a differing degree, and all less than literature.
+
+The idea, we conclude, is then indeed subordinate,--a by-product,
+unless by chance it can enter into, melt into, the form. This
+case we have clearest in the example, already referred to, of
+the gold-embroidered gauntlet, or the jeweled chalice,--say the
+Holy Grail in Abbey's pictures,--which counts more or less, in
+the spatial balance, according to its intrinsic interest.
+
+We have seen that through sympathetic reproduction a certain
+mood is produced, which becomes a kind of emotional envelope
+for the picture,--a favorable stimulation of the whole, a
+raising of the whole harmony one tone, as it were. Now the
+further ideal content of the picture may so closely belong to
+this basis that it helps it along. Thus all that we know about
+dawn--not only of a summer morning--helps us to see, and seeing
+to rejoice, in Corot's silvery mist or Monet's iridescent
+shimmers. All that we know and feel about the patient majesty
+of labor in the fields, next the earth, helps us to get the
+slow, large rhythm, the rich gloom of Millet's pictures. But
+it is the rhythm and the gloom that are the beauty, and the
+idea reinforces our consciousness thereof. The idea is a
+sounding-board for the beauty, and so can be truly said to
+enter into the form.
+
+But there are still some lions in the path of our theory. The
+greatest of modern sculptors is reputed to have reached his
+present altitude by the passionate pursuance of Nature, and of
+the expressions of Nature. And few can see Rodin's work
+without being at once in the grip of the emotion or fact he
+has chosen to depict. A great deal of contemporary criticism
+on modern tendencies in art rests on the intention of
+expression, and expression alone, attributed to him. It is
+said of him: "The solicitude for ardent expression overmasters
+every aesthetic consideration.... He is a poet with stone as
+his instrument of expression. He makes it express emotions
+that are never found save in music or in psychological and
+lyric literature."<1>
+
+<1> C. Mauclair, "The Decorative Sculpture of August Rodin,"
+_International Monthly_, vol iii.
+
+Now while the last is undoubtedly true, I believe that the
+first is not only not true, but that it is proved to be so by
+Rodin's own procedure and utterances, and that, if we understand
+his case aright, it is for beauty alone that he lives. He has
+related his search for the secret of Michael Angelo's design,
+and how he found it in the rhythm of two planes rather than four,
+the Greek composition. This system of tormented form is one way
+of referring the body to the geometry of an imagined rectangular
+block inclosing the whole.
+
+<1>"The ordinary Greek composition of the body, he puts it,
+depends on a rhythm of four lines, four volumes, four planes.
+If the line of the shoulders and pectorals slopes from right
+to left (the man resting on his right leg) the line across the
+hips takes the reverse slope, and is followed by that of the
+knees, while the line of the first echoes that of the shoulders.
+Thus we get the rhythm ABBA, and the balancing volumes set up
+a corresponding play of planes. Michael Angelo so turns the
+body on itself that he reduces the four to two big planes, one
+facing, the other swept round to the side of the block." That
+is, he gets geometrical enveloping lines for his design. And,
+in fact, there is no sculpture which is more wonderful in
+design than Rodin's. I quote Mr. MacColl again. "It has been
+said that the 'Bourgeois de Calais' is a group of single
+figures, possessing no unity of design, or at best affording
+only a single point of view. Those who say so have never
+examined it with attention. The way in which these figures
+move among themselves, as the spectator walks round, so as to
+produce from every fresh angle sweeping commanding lines, each
+of them thus playing a dozen parts at once, is surely one of
+the most astounding feats of the genius of design. Nothing in
+the history of art is exactly comparable with it."
+
+<1> D. S. MacColl, _Nineteenth Century Art_, 1902, p. 101.
+
+In short, it is the design, for all his words, that Rodin cares
+for. He calls it Nature, because he sees, and can see Nature
+only that way. But as he said to some one who suggested that
+there might be a danger in too close devotion to Nature, "Yes,
+for a mediocre artist!" It is for the sake of the strange new
+beauty, "the unedited poses," "the odd beautiful huddle<1> of
+lines," in a stopping or squatting form, that all these wild
+and subtle moments are portrayed. The limbs must be adjusted
+or surprised in some pattern beyond their own. The ideas are
+the occasion and the excuse for new outlines,--that is all.
+
+<1> Said of Degas. MacColl.
+
+This is all scarcely less true of Millet, whom we have known
+above all as the painter who has shown the simple common lot
+of labor as divine. But he, too, is artist for the sake of
+beauty first. He sees two peasant women, one laden with grass,
+the other with fagots. "From far off, they are superb, they
+balance their shoulders under the weight of fatigue, the
+twilight swallows their forms. It is beautiful, it is great
+as a myster."<1>
+
+<1> Sensier, _Vie et Oeuvre de J.-F. Millet_.
+
+The idea is, as I said, from this point of view, a means to
+new beauty; and the stranger and subtler the idea, the more
+original the forms. The more unrestrained the expression of
+emotion in the figures, the more chance to surprise them in
+some new lovely pattern. It is thus, I believe, that we may
+interpret the seeming trend of modern sculpture, and so much,
+indeed, of all modern art, to the "expressive beauty" path.
+"The mediocre artist" will lose beauty in seeking expression,
+the great artist will pursue his idea for the sake of the
+new beauty it will yield.
+
+Thus it seems that the stumbling blocks in the way of our
+theory are not insurmountable after all. From every point
+of view, it is seen to be possible to transmute the idea into
+a helpmeet to the form. Visual beauty is first beauty to the
+eye and to the frame, and the mind cherishes and enriches
+this beauty with all its own stored treasures. The stimulation
+and repose of the psychophysical organism alone can make one
+thrill to visual form; but the thrill is deeper and more
+satisfying if it engage the whole man, and be reinforced from
+all sources.
+
+
+VII
+
+But we ought to note a borderland in which the concern is
+professedly not with beauty, but with ideas of life. Aristotle's
+lover of knowledge, who rejoiced to say of a picture "This is
+that man," is the inspirer of drawing as opposed to the art of
+visual form.
+
+It is not beauty we seek from the Rembrandt and Durer of the
+etchings and woodcuts, from Hogarth, Goya, Klinger, down to
+Leech and Keene and Du Maurier; it is not beauty, but ideas,--
+information, irony, satire, life-philosophy. Where there is
+a conflict, beauty, as we have defined it, goes to the wall.
+We may trace, perhaps, the ground of this in the highly increased
+amount of symbolic, associative power given, and required, in
+the black and white. Even to understand such a picture demands
+such an enormous amount of unconscious mental supplementation
+that it is natural to find the aesthetic centre of gravity in
+that element.
+
+The first conditions of the work, that is, determine its trend
+and aim. The part played by imagination in our vision of an
+etching is and must be so important, that it is, after all, the
+imaginative part which outweighs the given. Nor do we desire the
+given to infringe upon the ideal field. Thus do we understand
+that for most drawings a background vague and formless is the
+desideratum. "Such a tone is the foil for psychological
+moments, as they are handled by Goya, for instance, with
+barbarically magnificent nakedness. On a background which is
+scarcely indicated, with few strokes, which barely suggest
+space, he impales like a butterfly the human type, mostly in a
+moment of folly or wickedness.... The least definition of
+surrounding would blunt his (the artist's) keenness, and make
+his vehemence absurd."<1>
+
+<1> Max Klinger, _Malerei u. Zeichnung_, 1903, p. 42.
+
+This theory of the aim of black and white is confirmed by the
+fact that while a painting is composed for the size in which it
+is painted, and becomes another picture if reproduced in another
+measure, the size of drawings is relatively indifferent; reduced
+or enlarged, the effect is approximately the same, because what
+is given to the eye is such a small proportion of the whole
+experience. The picture is only the cue for a complete structure
+of ideas.
+
+Here is a true case of Anders-Streben, that "partial alienation
+from its own limitations, by which the arts are able, not indeed
+to supply the place of each other, but reciprocally to lend each
+other new forces."<1> It is by its success as representation
+that the art of the burin and needle--Griffelkunst, as Klinger
+names it--ought first to be judged. This is not saying that it
+may not also possess beauty of form to a high degree,--only that
+this beauty of form is not its characteristic excellence.
+
+<1> W. Pater, _The Renaissance: Essay on Giorgione_.
+
+In what consists the beauty of visual form? If this question
+could be answered in a sentence our whole discussion of the
+abstract formula for beauty would have been unnecessary. But
+since we know what the elements of visual form must do to bring
+about the aesthetic experience, it has been the aim of the
+preceding pages to show how those elements must be determined
+and related. The eye, the psychophysical organism, must be
+favorably stimulated; these, and such colors, combinations,
+lines as we have described, are fitted to do it. It must be
+brought to repose; these, and such relations between lines and
+colors as we have set forth, are fitted to do it, for reasons
+we have given. It is to the eye and all that waits upon it
+that the first and the last appeal of fine art must be made;
+and in so far as the emotion or the idea belonging to a
+picture or a statue waits upon the eye, in so far does it
+enter into the characteristic excellence, that is, the beauty
+of visual form.
+
+
+B. SPACE COMPOSITION AMONG THE OLD MASTERS
+
+I
+
+THE preceding pages have set forth the concrete facts of
+visible beauty, and the explanation of our feelings about it.
+It is also interesting, however, to see how these principles
+are illustrated and confirmed in the masterpieces of art. A
+statistical study, undertaken some years ago with the purpose
+of dealing thus with the hypothesis of substitutional symmetry
+in pictorial composition, has given abundance of material,
+which I shall set forth, at otherwise disproportionate length,
+as to a certain extent illustrative of the methods of such
+study. It is clear that this is but one of many possible
+investigations in which the preceding psychological theories
+may be further illuminated. The text confines itself to
+pictures; but the functions of the elements of visual form
+are valid as well for all visual art destined to fill a bounded
+area. The discussion will then be seen to be only ostensibly
+limited in its reference. For picture might always be read
+space arrangement within a frame.
+
+In the original experimental study of space arrangements, the
+results of which were given at length on page 111, the elements
+of form in a picture were reduced to SIZE or MASS, DEPTH in the
+third dimension, DIRECTION, and INTEREST. Direction was further
+analyzed into direction of MOTION or ATTENTION (of persons or
+objects in the picture), an ideal element, that is; and direction
+of LINE. For the statistical study, a given picture was then
+divided in half by an imaginary vertical line, and the elements
+appearing on each side of this line were set off against each
+other to see how far they lent themselves to description by
+substitutional symmetry. Thus: in B. van der Helst's "Portrait
+of Paul Potter," the head of the subject is entirely to left
+of the central line, as also his full face and frontward glance.
+His easel is right, his body turned sharply to right, and both
+hands, one holding palette and brushes, are stretched down to
+right. Thus the greater mass is to the left, and the general
+direction of line is to the right; elements of interest in the
+head, left; in implements, right. This may be schematized in
+the equation (Lt.)M.+I.=(Rt.)I.+L.
+
+Pieter de Hooch, "The Card-Players," in Buckingham Palace,
+portrays a group completely on the right of the central line,
+all facing in to the table between them. Directly behind them
+is a high light window, screened, and high on the wall to the
+extreme right are a picture and hanging cloaks. All goes to
+emphasize the height, mass, and interest of the right side.
+On the left, which is otherwise empty, is a door half the
+height of the window, giving on a brightly lighted courtyard,
+from which is entering a woman, also in light clothing. The
+light streams in diagonally across the floor. Thus, with all
+the "weight" on the right, the effect of this deep vista on
+the left and of its brightness is to give a complete balance,
+while the suggestion of line from doorway and light makes,
+together with the central figure, a roughly outlined V, which
+serves to bind together all the elements. Equation, (Lt.)V.+I.
+=(Rt.)M.+I.
+
+The thousand pictures on which the study was based<1> were
+classified for convenience into groups,--Religious, Portrait,
+Genre, and Landscape. It was found on analysis that the
+functions of the elements came out clearly, somewhat as follows.
+
+<1> One thousand reproductions of old masters from F. Bruckmann's
+_Classischer Bilderschatz_, Munich, omitting frescoes and
+pictures of which less than the whole was given.
+
+Of the religious pictures, only the "Madonnas Enthroned" and
+other altar-pieces are considered at this point as presenting a
+simple type, in which it is easy to show the variations from
+symmetry. In all these pictures the balance comes in between
+the interest in the Infant Christ, sometimes together with
+direction of attention to him, on one side, and other elements
+on the other. When the first side is especially "heavy" the
+number of opposing elements increases, and especially takes
+the form of vista and line, which have been experimentally
+found to be powerful in attracting attention. Where there are
+no surrounding worshipers, we notice remarkable frequency in
+the use of vista and line, and, in general, balance is brought
+about through the disposition of form rather than of interests.
+The reason for this would appear to be that the lack of
+accessories in the persons of saints, worshipers, etc., and
+the consequent increase in the size of Madonna and Child in
+the picture, heightens the effect of any given outline, and so
+makes the variations from symmetry greater. This being the
+case, the compensations would be stronger; and as we have
+learned that vista and line are of this character, we see why
+they are needed.
+
+The portrait class is an especially interesting object for
+study, inasmuch as while its general type is very simple and
+constant, for this very reason the slightest variations are
+sharply felt, and have their very strongest characteristic
+effect. The general type of the portrait composition is, of
+course, the triangle with the head at the apex, and this point
+is also generally in the central line; nevertheless, great
+richness of effect is brought about by emphasizing variations.
+For instance, the body and head are, in the great majority of
+cases, turned in the same way, giving the strongest possible
+emphasis to the direction of attention,--especially powerful,
+of course, where all the interest is in the personality. But
+it is to be observed that the very strongest suggestion of
+direction is given by the direction of the glance; and in no
+case, when most of the other elements are directed in one way,
+does the glance fail to come backward. With the head on one
+side of the central line, of course the greatest interest is
+removed to one side, and the element of direction is brought
+in to balance. Again, with this decrease in symmetry, we see
+a significant increase in the use of the especially effective
+elements, vista and line. In fact, the use of the small deep
+vista is almost confined to the class with heads not in the
+middle. The direction of the glance also plays an important
+part. Very often the direction of movement alone is not
+sufficient to balance the powerful M.+I. of the other side,
+and the eye has to be attracted by a definite object of interest.
+This is usually the hand, with or without an implement,--like
+the palette, etc., of our first examples,--or a jewel, vase,
+or bit of embroidery. This is very characteristic of the
+portraits of Rembrandt and Van Dyck.
+
+In general, it may be said that (1) portraits with the head in
+the centre of the frame show a balance between the direction
+of suggested movement on one side, and mass or direction of
+attention, or both together, on the other; while (2) portraits
+with the head not in the centre show a balance between mass
+and interest on one side, and direction of attention, or of
+line, or vista, or combinations of these, on the other.
+
+Still more unsymmetrical in their framework than portraits, in
+fact the most unfettered type of all, are the genre pictures.
+As these are pictures with a human interest, and full of action
+and particular points of interest, it was to be expected that
+interest would be the element most frequently appearing. In
+compositions showing great variations from geometrical symmetry,
+it was also to be expected that vista and line, elements which
+have been noted comparatively seldom up to this point, should
+suddenly appear strongly; for, as being the most strikingly
+"heavy" of the elements, they serve to compensate for other
+variations combined.
+
+The landscape is another type of unfettered composition. It
+was of course to be expected that in pictures without action
+there should be little suggestion of attention or of direction
+of movement. But the most remarkable point is the presence
+of vista in practically every example. It is, of course,
+natural that somewhere in almost every picture there should
+be a break to show the horizon line, for the sake of variety,
+if for nothing else; but what is significant is the part played
+by this break in the balancing of the picture. In about two
+thirds of the examples the vista is inclosed by lines, or
+masses, and when near the centre, as being at the same time the
+"heaviest" part of the picture, it serves as a fulcrum or centre
+to bind the parts--always harder to bring together than in the
+other types of pictures--into a close unity. The most frequent
+form of this arrangement is a diagonal, which just saves itself
+by turning up at its far end. Thus the mass, and hence usually
+the special interest of the picture, is on the one side, on
+the other the vista and the sloping line of the diagonal. In
+very few cases is the vista behind an attractive or noticeable
+part of the picture, the fact showing that it acts in opposition
+to the latter, leading the eye away from it, and thus serving at
+once the variety and richness of the picture, and its unity. A
+complete diagonal would have line and vista both working at the
+extreme outer edge of the picture, and thus too strongly,--
+unless, indeed, balanced by very striking elements near the
+outer edge.
+
+This function of the vista as a unifying element is of interest
+in connection with the theory of Hildebrand,<1> that the landscape
+should have a narrow foreground and wide background, since that
+is most in conformity with our experience. He adduces Titian's
+"Sacred and Profane Love" as an example. But of the general
+principle it may be said that not the reproduction of nature,
+but the production of beauty, is the aim of composition, and that
+this aim is best reached by focusing the eye by a narrow background,
+i.e. vista. No matter how much it wanders, it returns to that
+central spot and is held there, keeping hold on all the other
+elements. Of Hildebrand's example it may be said that the
+pyramidal composition, with the dark and tall tree in the centre,
+effectually accomplishes the binding together of the two figures,
+so that a vista is not needed. A wide background without that
+tree would leave them rather disjointed.
+
+<1> Op cit., p. 55.
+
+In general, it may be said that balance in landscape is effected
+between mass and interest on one side and vista and line on the
+other; and that union is given especially by the use of vista.
+
+
+II
+
+The experimental treatment of the isolated elements detected
+the particular function of each in distributing attention in
+the field of view. But while all are possibly operative in a
+given picture, some are given, as we have seen, much more
+importance than others, and in pictures of different types
+different elements predominate. In those classes with a
+general symmetrical framework, such as the altar and Madonna
+pieces, the elements of interest and direction of attention
+determine the balance, for they appear as variations in a
+symmetry which has already, so to speak, disposed of mass and
+line. They give what action there is, and where they are very
+strongly operative, they are opposed by salient lines and deep
+vistas, which act more strongly on the attention than does mass.
+Interest keeps its predominance throughout the types, except in
+the portraits, where the head is usually in the central line.
+But even among the portraits it has a respectable representation,
+as jewels, embroideries, beautiful hands, etc., count largely
+too in composition.
+
+The direction of attention is most operative among the portraits.
+Since these pictures represent no action, it must be given by
+those elements which move and distribute the attention; in
+accordance with which principle we find line also unusually
+influential. As remarked above, altar-pieces and Madonna pictures,
+also largely without action, depend largely for it on the direction
+of attention.
+
+The vista, as said above, rivets and confines the attention. We
+can, therefore, understand how it is that in the genre pictures it
+appears very numerous. The active character of these pictures
+naturally requires to be modified, and the vista introduces a
+powerful balancing element, which is yet quiet; or, it might be
+said, inasmuch as energy is certainly expended in plunging down
+the third dimension, the vista introduces an element of action
+of counterbalancing character. In the landscape it introduces
+the principal element of variety. It is always to be found in
+those parts of the picture which are opposed to other powerful
+elements, and the "heavier" the other side, the deeper the vista.
+Also in pictures with two groups it serves as a kind of fulcrum,
+or unifying element, inasmuch as it rivets the attention between
+the two detached sides.
+
+The direction of suggestion by means of the indication of a line,
+quite naturally is more frequent in the Madonna picture and
+portrait classes. Both these types are of large simple outline,
+so that line would be expected to tell. In a decided majority
+of cases, combined with vista--the shape being more or less a
+diagonal slope--it is clear that it acts as a kind of bond
+between the two sides, carrying the attention without a break
+from one to the other.
+
+The element of mass requires less comment. It appears in
+greatest number in those pictures which have little action, i.e. portraits and landscapes, and which are not yet symmetrical,--
+in which last case mass is, of course, already balanced. In
+fact, it must of necessity exert a certain influence in every
+unsymmetrical picture, and so its percentage, even for genre
+pictures, is large.
+
+Thus we may regard the elements as both attracting attention to
+a certain spot and dispersing it over a field. Those types
+which are of a static character (landscapes, altar-pieces)
+abound in elements which disperse the attention; those which
+are of a dynamic character (genre picture), in those which make
+it stable. The ideal composition seems to combine the dynamic
+and static elements,--to animate, in short, the whole field of
+view, but in a generally bilateral fashion. The elements, in
+substitutional symmetry, are then simply means of introducing
+variety and action. As a dance in which there are complicated
+steps gives the actor and beholder a varied and thus vivified
+"balance," and is thus more beautiful than the simple walk, so
+a picture composed in substitutional symmetry is more rich in
+its suggestions of motor impulse, and thus more beautiful, than
+an example of geometrical symmetry.
+
+
+III
+
+The particular functions of the elements which are substituted
+for geometrical symmetry have been made clear; their presence
+lends variety and richness to the balance of motor impulses.
+But this quality of repose, or unity, given by balance, is also
+enriched by a unity for intuition,--a large outline in which all
+the elements are held together. Now this way of holding together
+varies; and I believe that it bears a very close relation to the
+subject and purpose of the picture.
+
+Examples of these types of composition may best be found by
+analyzing a few well-known pictures. We may begin with the class
+first studied, the Altar-piece, choosing a picture by Botticelli,
+in the Florence Academy. Under an arch is draped a canopy held
+up by angels; under this, again, sits the Madonna with the Child
+on her lap, on a throne, at the foot of which, on each side,
+stand three saints. The outline of the whole is markedly
+pyramidal; in fact, there are, broadly speaking, three pyramids,
+--of the arch, the canopy, and the grouping. A second, much
+less symmetrical example of this type, is given by another
+Botticelli in the Academy,--"Spring." Here the central female
+figure, topped by the floating Cupid, is slightly raised above
+the others, which, however, bend slightly inward, so that a
+triangle, or pyramid with very obtuse angle at the apex, is
+suggested; and the whole, which at first glance seems a little
+scattered, is at once felt, when this is grasped, as closely
+bound together.
+
+Closely allied to this is the type of the Holbein "Madonna of
+Burgomaster Meyer," in the Grand Ducal Castle, Darmstadt. It
+is true that the same pyramid is given by the head of the
+Madonna against the shell-like background, and her spreading
+cloak which envelops the kneeling donors. But still more
+salient is the diamond form given by the descending rows of
+these worshiping figures, especially against the dark background
+of the Madonna's dress. A second example, without the pyramid
+backing, is found in Rubens's "Rape of the Daughters of
+Leucippus," in the Alte Pinakothek at Munich. Here the diamond
+shape formed by the horses and struggling figures is most
+remarkable,--an effect of lightness which will be discussed
+later in interpreting the types.
+
+A third type, the diagonal, is given in an "Evening Landscape"
+by Cuyp, in the Buckingham Palace, London. High trees and
+cliffs, horsemen and others, occupy one side, and the mountains
+in the background, the ground and the clouds, all slope
+gradually down to the other side.
+
+It is a natural transition from this type to the V-shape of the
+landscapes by Aart van der Neer, "Dutch Villages," in the London
+National Gallery and in the Rudolphinum at Prague, respectively.
+Here are trees and houses on each side, gradually sloping to
+the centre to show an open sky and deep vista. Other examples,
+of course, show the opening not exactly in the centre.
+
+In the "Concert" by Giorgione, in the Pitti Gallery, Florence,
+is seen the less frequent type of the square. The three
+figures turned toward each other with heads on the same level
+make almost a square space-shape, although it might be said
+that the central player gives a pyramidal foundation. This
+last may also be said of Verrocchio's "Tobias and the
+Archangels" in the Florence Academy, for the square, or other
+rectangle, is again lengthened by the pyramidal shape of the
+two central figures. The unrelieved square, it may here be
+interpolated, is not often found except in somewhat primitive
+examples. Still less often observed is the oval type of
+"Samson's Wedding Feast," Rembrandt, in the Royal Gallery,
+Dresden. Here one might, by pressing the interpretation, see
+an obtuse-angled double-pyramid with the figure of Delilah for
+an apex, but a few very irregular pictures seem to fall best
+under the given classification.
+
+Last of all, it must be remarked that the great majority of
+pictures show a combination of two or even three types; but
+these are usually subordinated to one dominant type. Such,
+for instance, is the case with many portraits, which are
+markedly pyramidal, with the double-pyramid suggested by the
+position of the arms, and the inverted pyramid, or V, in the
+landscape background. The diagonal sometimes just passes over
+into the V-shape, or into the pyramid; or the square is
+combined with both.
+
+What types are characteristic of the different kinds of pictures?
+In order to answer this question we must ask first, What are the
+different kinds of pictures? One answer, at least, is at once
+suggested to the student on a comparison of the pictures with
+their groupings according to subjects. All those which represent
+the Madonna enthroned, with all variations, with or without
+saints, shepherds, or Holy Family, are very quiet in their action;
+that is, it is not really an action at all which they represent,
+but an attitude,--the attitude of contemplation. This is no
+less true of the pictures we may call "Adorations," in which,
+indeed, the contemplative attitude is still more marked. On the
+other hand, such pictures as the "Descents," the "Annunciations,"
+and very many of the miscellaneous religious, allegorical, and
+genre pictures, portray a definite action or event. Now the
+pyramid type is characteristic of the "contemplative" pictures
+in a much higher degree. A class which might be supposed to
+suggest the same treatment in composition is that of the portraits,
+--absolute lack of action being the rule. And we find, indeed,
+that no single type is represented within it except the pyramid
+and double-pyramid, with eighty-six per cent. of the former.
+Thus it is evident that for the type of picture which expresses
+the highest degree of quietude, contemplation, concentration,
+the pyramid is the characteristic type of composition. Among
+the so-called "active" pictures, the diagonal and V-shaped types
+are most numerous.
+
+The landscape picture presents a somewhat different problem. It
+cannot be described as either "active" or "passive," inasmuch as
+it does not express either an attitude or an event. There is no
+definite idea to be set forth, no point of concentration, as
+with the altar-pieces and the portraits, for instance; and yet
+a unity is demanded. An examination of the proportions of the
+types shows at once the characteristic type to be here also the
+diagonal and V-shaped.
+
+It is now necessary to ask what must be the interpretation of
+the use of these types of composition. Must we consider the
+pyramid the expression of passivity, the diagonal or V-shape, of
+activity? But the greatly predominating use of the second for
+landscapes would remain unexplained, for at least nothing can
+be more reposeful than the latter. It may aid the solution of
+the problem to remember that the composition taken as a whole
+has to meet the demand for unity, at the same time that it
+allows free play to the natural expression of the subject. The
+altar-piece has to bring about a concentration of attention to
+express or induce a feeling of reverence. This is evidently
+accomplished by the suggestion of the converging lines to the
+fixation of the high point in the picture,--the small area
+occupied by the Madonna and Child,--and by the subordination
+of the free play of other elements. The contrast between the
+broad base and the apex gives a feeling of solidity, of repose;
+and it seems not unreasonable to suppose that the tendency to
+rest the eyes above the centre of the picture directly induces
+the associated mood of reverence or worship. Thus the
+pyramidal form serves two ends; primarily that of giving unity,
+and secondarily, by the peculiarity of its shape, that of
+inducing the feeling-tone appropriate to the subject of the
+picture.
+
+Applying this principle to the so-called "active" pictures, we
+see that the natural movement of attention between the different
+"actors" in the picture must be allowed for, while yet unity is
+secured. And it is clear that the diagonal type is just fitted
+for this. The attention sweeps down from the high side to the
+low, from which it returns through some backward suggestion of
+lines or interest in the objects of the high side. Action and
+reaction--movement and return of attention--is inevitable under
+the conditions of this type; and this it is which allows the
+free play,--which, indeed, CONSTITUTES and expresses the activity
+belonging to the subject, just as the fixation of the pyramid
+constitutes the quietude of the religious picture. Thus it is
+that the diagonal composition is particularly suited to portray
+scenes of grandeur, and to induce a feeling of awe in the
+spectator, because only here can the eye rove in one large sweep
+from side to side of the picture, recalled by the mass and
+interest of the side from which it moves. The swing of the
+pendulum is here widest, so to speak, and all the feeling-tones
+which belong to wide, free movement are called into play. If,
+at the same time, the element of the deep vista is introduced,
+we have the extreme of concentration combined with the extreme
+of movement; and the result is a picture in the "grand style"
+--comparable to high tragedy--in which all the feeling-tones
+which wait on motor impulses are, as it were, while yet in the
+same reciprocal relation, tuned to the highest pitch. Such a
+picture is the "Finding of the Ring," Paris Bordone, in the
+Venice Academy. All the mass and the interest and the suggestion
+of the downward lines and of the magnificent perspective toward
+the left, and the effect of the whole space composition is of
+superb largeness of life and feeling. Compare Titian's
+"Presentation of the Virgin," also the two great compositions
+by Veronese, "Martyrdom of St. Mark," etc., in the Doge's Palace,
+Venice, and "Esther before Ahaseurus," in the Uffizi, Florence.
+In these last two, the mass, direction of interest, movement,
+and attention are toward the left, while all the lines tend
+diagonally to the right, where a vista is also suggested,--the
+diagonal making a V just at the end. Here, too, the effect is
+of magnificence and vigor.
+
+If, then, the pyramid belongs to contemplation, the diagonal
+to action, what ca be said of landscape? It is without action,
+it is true, and yet does not express that positive quality, that
+WILL not to act, of the rapt contemplation. The landscape
+uncomposed is negative, and it demands unity. Its type of
+composition, then, must give it something positive besides
+unity. It lacks both concentration and action; but it can gain
+them both from a space composition which shall combine unity
+with a tendency to movement. And this is given by the diagonal
+and V-shaped type. This type merely allows free play to the
+natural tendency of the "active" picture; but it constrains the
+neutral, inanimate landscape. The shape itself imparts motion
+to the picture: the sweep of line, the concentration of the
+vista, the unifying power of the inverted triangle between two
+masses, act, as it were, externally to the suggestion of the
+object itself. There is always enough quiet in a landscape,--
+the overwhelming suggestion of the horizontal suffices for
+that; it is movement that is needed for richness of effect, and,
+as I have shown, no type imparts the feeling of movement so
+strongly as the diagonal and V-shaped type of composition.
+Landscapes need energy to produce "stimulation," not repression,
+and so the diagonal type is proportionately more numerous.
+
+The rigid square is found only at an early stage in the
+development of composition. Moreover, all the examples are
+"story" pictures, for the most part scenes from the lives of
+the saints, etc. Many of them are double-centre,--square, that
+is, with a slight break in the middle, the grouping purely
+logical, to bring out the relations of the characters. Thus,
+in the "Dream of Saint Martin," Simone Martini, a fresco at
+Assisi, the saint lies straight across the picture with his
+head in one corner. Behind him on one side stand the Christ
+and angels, grouped closely together, their heads on the same
+level. These are all, of course, in one sense symmetrical,--
+in the weight of interest, at least,--but they are completely
+amorphous from an aesthetic point of view. The forms, that is,
+do not count at all,--only the meanings. The story is told by
+a clear separation of the parts, and as, in most stories, there
+are two principal actors, it merely happens that they fall into
+the two sides of the picture. On the other hand, a rigid
+geometrical symmetry is also characteristic of early composition,
+and these two facts seem to contradict each other. But it is
+to be noted, first, that the rigid geometrical symmetry belongs
+only to the "Madonna Enthroned," and general "Adoration" pieces;
+and secondly, that this very rigidity of symmetry in details
+can coexist with variations which destroy balance. Thus, in a
+"Madonna Enthroned" of Giotto, where absolute symmetry in detail
+is kept, the Child sits far out on the right knee of the Madonna.
+
+It would seem that the symmetry of these early pictures was not
+dictated by a conscious demand for symmetrical arrangement, or
+rather for real balance, else such failures would hardly occur.
+The presence of geometrical symmetry is more easily explained
+as the product, in large part, of technical conditions: of the
+fact that these pictures were painted as altar-pieces to fill
+a space definitely symmetrical in character--often, indeed,
+with architectural elements intruding into it. We may even
+connect the Madonna pictures with the temple images of the
+classic period, to explain why it was natural to paint the
+object of worship seated exactly facing the worshiper. Thus
+we may separate the two classes of pictures, the one giving an
+object of worship, and thus taking naturally, as has been said,
+the pyramidal, symmetrical shape, and being moulded to symmetry
+by all other suggestions of technique; the other aiming at
+nothing except logical clearness. This antithesis of the
+symbol and the story has a most interesting parallel in the two
+great classes of primitive art--the one symbolic, merely suggestive,
+shaped by the space it had to fill, and so degenerating into the
+slavishly symmetrical; the other descriptive, "story-telling," and
+without a trace of space composition. On neither side is there
+evidence of direct aesthetic feeling. Only in the course of
+artistic development do we find the rigid, yet often unbalanced,
+symmetry relaxing into a free substitutional symmetry, and the
+formless narrative crystallizing into a really unified and
+balanced space-form. The two antitheses approach each other in
+the "balance" of the masterpieces of civilized art--in which, for
+the first time, a real feeling for space composition makes itself
+felt.
+
+
+
+V
+THE BEAUTY OF MUSIC
+
+
+V
+THE BEAUTY OF MUSIC
+
+I
+
+THERE is a story, in Max Muller's amusing reminiscences, of
+how Mendelssohn and David once played, in his hearing, Beethoven's
+later sonatas for piano and violin, and of how they shrugged
+their shoulders, and opined the old man had not been quite
+himself when he wrote them. In the history of music it seems
+to be a rule almost without exceptions, that the works of genius
+are greeted with contumely. The same is no doubt true, though
+to a much less degree, of other arts, but in music it seems that
+the critics proposed also excellent reasons for their vehemence.
+And it is instructive to observe that the objections, and the
+reasons for the objections, recur, after the original object of
+wrath has passed into acceptance, nay, into dominance of the
+musical world. One may also descry one basic controversy running
+through all these utterances, even when not explicitly set forth.
+
+It was made a reproach to Beethoven, as it has been made a
+reproach to Richard Strauss, that he sacrificed the beauty of
+form to expression; and it was rejoined, perhaps less in the old
+time than now, that expression was itself the end and meaning of
+music. Now the works of genius, as we have seen, after all take
+care of themselves. But it is of greatest significance for the
+theory of music, as of all art, that in the circle of the years,
+the same contrasting views, grown to ever sharper opposition,
+still greet the appearance of new work. It was with Wagner, as
+all the world knows, that the question came first to complete
+formulation. His invention of the music-drama rested on his
+famous theory of music as the heightened medium of expression,
+glorified speech, which accordingly demands freedom to follow
+all the varying nuances of feeling and emotion. Music has
+always been called the language of the emotions, but Wagner
+based his views not only on the popular notion, but on the
+metaphysical theories of Schopenhauer; in particular, on the
+view that music is the objectification of the will. Herbert
+Spencer followed with the thesis that music has its essential
+source in the cadences of emotional speech. In opposition
+primarily to Wagner, the so-called formalists were represented
+by Hanslick, who wrote his well-known "The Beautiful in Music"
+to show that though music ha a limited capacity of expression,
+its aim is formal or logical perfection alone. The expressionist
+school could not contradict the undoubted fact that chords and
+intervals which are harmonious show certain definite physical
+and mathematical relationships, that, in other words, our
+musical preferences appear to be closely related to, if not
+determined by, these relationships. Thus each school seemed
+to be backed by science. The emotional-speech theory has been
+held in a vague way, indeed, by most of those theorists whose
+natural conservatism would have drawn them in the other
+direction, and is doubtless responsible for the attempts at
+mediation, first made by Ambros,<1> and now met in almost all
+musical literature. Music may be, and is, expressive, it is
+said, so long as each detail allows itself to be entirely
+derived from and justified by the mere formal element. The
+"centre of gravity" lies in the formal relations.
+
+<1> _The Boundaries of Music and Poetry._
+
+To this, after all, Hanslick himself might subscribe. Other
+writers seek to balance form and expression, insisting on
+"the dual nature of music," while resting ultimately on the
+emotional-speech theory. "The most universal composers,
+recognizing the interdependence of the two elements, produce
+the highest type of pure music, music in which beauty is based
+upon expression, and expression transfigured by beauty."<1>
+
+<1> D.G. Mason, _From Grieg to Brahms_, 1902, p. 30.
+
+This usual type of reconciliation, however, is a perfectly
+mechanical binding together of two possibly conflicting
+aesthetic demands. The question is of the essential nature
+of music, not whether music may be, but whether it must be,
+expressive; not whether is has expressive power, but whether
+it is, in its essence, expression,--a question which is only
+obscured by insisting on the interdependence of the two
+elements. If music has its essential source in the cadences
+of speech, then it must develop and must be judged accordingly.
+Herbert Spencer is perfectly logical in saying "It may be
+shown that music is but an idealization of the natural
+language of emotion, and that, consequently, music must be
+good or bad according as it conforms to the laws of this
+natural language."<1> But what, then, of music which,
+according to Ambros, is justified by its formal relations?
+Is music good because it is very expressive, and bad because
+it is too little expressive? or is its goodness and badness
+independent of its expressiveness? Such a question is not
+to be answered by recognizing two kinds of goodness. Only
+by an attempt to decide the fundamental nature of the musical
+experience, and an adjustment of the other factors in strict
+subordination to it, can the general principle be settled.
+
+<1> _On Educaiton_, p. 41.
+
+The excuse for this artificial yoking together of two opposing
+principles is apparent when it is seen that form and expression
+are taken as addressing themselves to two different mental
+faculties. It seems to be the view of most musical theorists
+that the experience of musical form is a perception, while the
+experience of musical expression, disregarding for the moment
+the suggestion of facts and ideas, is an emotion. Thus Mr.
+Mason: "In music we are capable of learning, and knowledge
+of the principles of musical effect can help us to learn, that
+the balance and proportion and symmetry of the whole is far
+more essential than any poignancy, however great, in the parts.
+He best appreciates music...who understands it intellectually
+as well as feels it emotionally;"<1> and again, "We feel in
+the music of Haydn its lack of emotional depth, and its lack
+of intellectual subtlety."
+
+<1> Op. Cit., p. 6.
+
+It is just this contrast and parallelism of structure as
+balance, proportion, symmetry, addressed to the mind, with
+expression as emotional content, that a true view of the
+aesthetic experience would lead us to challenge. If there
+is one thing that our study of the general nature of aesthetic
+experience has shown, it is that aesthetic emotion is unique--
+neither a perception nor an intellectual grasp of relations,
+nor an emotion within the accepted rubric--joy, desire,
+triumph, etc. Whether or not music is an exception to this
+principle, remains to be seen; but the presumption is at
+least in favor of a direct, immediate, unique emotion aroused
+by the true beauty of music, whatever that may prove to be.
+
+With a great literature in the form of special studies, we
+must yet, on the whole, admit that we possess no general
+formula in the philosophy or psychology of music which covers
+the whole ground. Schopenhauer has said that music is the
+objectification of the will--not a copy or a picture of it,
+but the will itself; a doctrine which however illuminating
+when it is modified in various ways is obviously no explanation
+of our experience. Hanslick has but shown what music is not;
+Edmund Gurney's eloquent book, "The Power of Sound," is
+completely agnostic in its conclusion that music is a unique,
+indefinable, indescribable phenomenon, which possesses, indeed,
+certain analogues with other physical and psychical facts, but
+is coextensive with none. Spencer's theory of music as
+glorified speech is not only in a yet unexplained conflict
+with many facts, but has never been formulated so that it could
+apply to concrete cases. The same is true of Wagner's "music
+as the utterance of feeling."
+
+But there is a body of scientific facts respecting the elements
+of music, in which we may well seek for clues. As facts alone
+they are of no value. They must be explained as completely as
+possible; and it is probable that if we are able to reach the
+ultimate nature and origin of these elements of music they
+will prove significant, and a way will be opened to a theory
+of the whole musical experience. The need of such intensive
+understanding must excuse the more or less technical discussions
+in the following pages, without which no firm foundation for a
+theory of music could be attained.
+
+
+II
+
+The two great factors of music are rhythm and tone-sensation,
+of which rhythm appears to be the more fundamental.
+
+Rhythm is defined in general as a repeating series of time
+intervals. Events which occur in such a series are said to
+have rhythm. In aesthetics, it is the periodic recurrence of
+stress, emphasis, or accent in the movements of dancing, the
+sounds of music, the language of poetry. Subjectively it is
+the quality of stimulation due to a succession of impressions
+(tactual and auditory are most favorable) which vary regularly
+in objective intensity. We desire to understand the nature,
+and the source of the pleasing quality, of this phenomenon.
+
+It is only by a complete psychological description, however,
+even a physiological explanation, that we can hope to fathom
+the tremendous significance of rhythm in music and poetry.
+Those treatments which expose its development in the dance and
+song really beg the question; they assume the very fact for
+which we have to find the ground, namely, the natural impulse
+to rhythm. Even those theories which explain it as a helpful
+social phenomenon, as regulating work, etc., fail to account
+for its peculiar psychological character--that compelling,
+intimate force, the "Zwang" of which Nietszche speaks, which
+we all feel, and which makes it helpful. This compelling
+quality of rhythm would lead us to look behind the sociological
+influences, for the explanation in some fundamental condition
+of consciousness, some "demand" of the organism. For this
+reason we must find superficial the views which connect rhythm
+with the symmetry of the body as making rhythmical gesture
+necessary; or more particularly with the conditions of work,
+which, if it is skilled and well carried out, proceeds in
+equal recurring periods, like the swinging of a hammer or an
+axe. But it appears that primitive effort is not carried on
+in this way, and proceeds, not from regularity to rhythm, but
+rather, through, by means of rhythm, which is made a help, to
+regularity. Again, it is said that work can be well carried
+out by a large number of people, only in unison, only by
+simultaneous action, and that rhythm is a condition of this.
+The work in the cotton fields, the work of sailors, etc.
+requires something to give notice of the moment for beginning
+action. Rhythm would then have arisen as a social function.
+Against this it may be said that signals of this kind might
+assist common action without recurring at regular intervals,
+while periodicity is the fundamental quality of rhythm. Thus
+this theory would explain a natural tendency by its effect.
+
+Looking then, in accordance with the principle stated above,
+for deeper conditions, we find rhythm explained in connection
+with such rhythmical events as the heart beat and pulse, the
+double rhythm of the breath; but these are, for the most part,
+unfelt; and moreover, they would hardly explain the predominance
+of rhythms quite other than the physiological ones. Another
+theory, closely allied, connects rhythm with the conditions
+of activity in general, but attaches itself rather to the
+effect of rhythm than to its cause. Thus we are reminded of
+the "heightened sense of expansion, or life, connected with
+the augmentation of muscular movements induced by the more
+extensive nervous discharges following rhythmic stimulation."<1>
+But why should it be just rhythmic stimulation that produces
+this effect? We are finally thrown back on physiology for the
+answer that in rhythmical stimulation there are involved
+recurrent activities of organs refreshed by immediately
+preceding periods of repose. Here again, however, we must ask,
+why on this hypothesis the periods themselves must be exactly
+equal. For within the periods the greatest variety obtains.
+One measure of a single note may be succeeded by another
+containing eight; within the periods, that is, the minor
+moments of activity and repose are quite unequal.
+
+<1> H.R. Marshall, _Pain, Pleasure, and Aesthetics._
+
+Last of all, we must note the view of rhythm as a phenomenon
+of expectation (Wundt). But while we can undoubtedly describe
+rhythm in terms of expectation and its satisfaction, rhythm is
+rhythm just through its difference from other kinds of expectation.
+
+All these explanations seem either merely to describe the facts
+we seek to explain, or to fail to notice the peculiar intimate
+nature of the rhythmical experience. But if it could be shown
+not only that in all stimulation there must be involved an
+alternation of activity and repose, but also that an equality
+of such periods was highly favorable to the organism, we should
+have the conditions for a physiological theory of rhythm. Now
+the important psychological facts of so-called subjective
+rhythmizing seem to supply just this need.
+
+It has been shown<1> that we can neither receive objectively
+equal sense-stimuli, nor produce regular movements, without
+injecting into these a rhythmical element. A series of objectively
+equal sound-stimuli--the ticking of a clock, for instance--is
+heard in groups, within each of which one element is of greater
+intensity. A series of movements are never objectively equal,
+but grouped in the same way. Now this subjective rhythm, sensory
+and motor, is explained as follows from the general physiological
+basis of attention.
+
+<1> T.L. Bolton, _Amer. Jour. Of Psychol._, vol. vi. The classical
+historical study of theories of rhythm remains that of Meumann,
+_Phil. Studien_, vol. x.
+
+Attention itself is ultimately a motor phenomenon. Thus: the
+sensory aspect of attention is vividness, and vividness is
+explained physiologically as a brain-state of readiness for motor
+discharge;<1> in the case of a visual stimulus, for instance, a
+state of readiness to carry out movements of adjustment to the
+object; in short, the motor path is open. Now attention, or
+vividness, is found to fluctuate periodically, so that in a
+series of objectively equal stimuli, certain ones, regularly
+recurring, would be more vividly sensed. This is exemplified
+in the well-known facts of the fluctuation of the threshold of
+sensation, of the so-called retinal rivalry, and of the subjective
+rhythmizing of auditory stimuli, already mentioned. There is a
+natural rhythm of vividness. Here, therefore, in the very
+conditions of consciousness itself, we have the conditions of
+rhythm too. The case of subjective motor rhythm would be still
+clearer, since vividness is only the psychical side of readiness
+for motor discharge; in other words, increased readiness for
+motor discharge occurs periodically, giving motor rhythm.
+
+<1> Munsterberg, _Grundzuge d. Psychologie_, 1902,. P. 525.
+
+It has been said<1> that this periodicity of the brain-wave
+cannot furnish the necessary condition for rhythm, inasmuch as
+it is itself a constant, and could at most be applied to a series
+which was adapted to its own time. But this objection does not
+fit the facts. The "brain-wave," or "vividness," or attention
+period, is not a constant, but attaches itself to the contents
+of consciousness. In other words, it does not function without
+material. It is itself conditioned by its occasion. In the
+case of a regularly repeated stimulus, it is simply adjusted
+to what is there, and out of the series chooses, as it were,
+one at regular periods.<2>
+
+<1> J.B. Miner, "Motor, Visual, and Applied Rhythms," _Psychol.
+Rev., Mon. Suppl._, No. 21.
+<2> Facts, too technical for reproduction here, quoted by R.H.
+Stetson (_Harvard Psychol. Studies_, vol. i, 1902) from Cleghorn's
+and Hofbauer's experiments seem to be in harmony with this view.
+
+Closely connected with these facts, perhaps only a somewhat
+different aspect of them, is the phenomenon of motor mechanization.
+Any movement repeated tends to become a circular reaction, as it
+is called; that is, the end of one repetition serves as a cue
+for the beginning of the next. Now, in regularly recurring
+stimuli, giving rise, as will be later shown, to motor reactions,
+which are differentiated through the natural periodicity of the
+attention (physiologically the tendency to motor discharge), we
+have the best condition for this mechanization. In other words,
+a rhythmical grouping once set up naturally tends to persist.
+The organism prepares itself for shocks at definite times, and
+shocks coming at those times are pleasant because they fulfill
+a need. Moreover, every further stimulus reinforces the original
+activity; so that rhythmical grouping tends not only to persist,
+but to grow more distinct,--as, indeed, all the facts of
+introspection show.
+
+All this, however, is true of the repetition of objectively
+equal stimuli. It shows how an impulse to rhythm would arise
+and persist subjectively, but does not of itself explain the
+pleasure in the experience of objective rhythm. It may be said
+in general, however, that changes which would occur naturally
+in an objectively undifferentiated content give direct pleasure
+when they are artificially introduced,--when, that is, the
+natural disposition is satisfied. This we have seen to be true
+in the of color contrast; and it is perhaps even more valid in
+the realm of motor activity. Whatever in sense stimulation
+gives the condition for, helps, furthers, enhances the natural
+function, is felt both as pleasing and as furthering the particular
+activity in question. Now, the objective stress in rhythm is but
+emphasis on a stress that would be in any case to some degree
+subjectively supplied. Rhythm in music, abstracting from all
+other pleasure-giving factors, is then pleasurable because it
+is in every sense a favorable stimulation.
+
+In accordance with the principle that complete explanation of
+psychical facts is possible only through the physiological
+substrate, we have so far kept rather to that field in dealing
+with the foundations of our pleasure in rhythm. But further
+description of the rhythmical experience is most natural in
+psychological terms. There seems, indeed, on principle no
+ground for the current antithesis, so much emphasized of late,
+of "psychical" and "motor" theories of rhythm. Attention and
+expectation are not "psychical" as opposed to "motor." Granting,
+as no doubt most psychologists would grant, that attention is
+the psychical analogue of the physiological tendency to motor
+discharge, then a motor automatism of which one is fully
+conscious could be described as expectation and its satisfaction.
+Indeed, the impossibility of a sharp distinction between ideas
+of movement and movement sensations confirms this view. When
+expectation has reference to an experience with a movement
+element in it, the expectation itself contains movement
+sensations of the kind in question.<1> To say, then, that
+rhythm is expectation based on the natural functioning of the
+attention period, is simply to clothe our physiological
+explanation in terms of psychological description. The usual
+motor theory is merely one which neglects the primary disposition
+to rhythm through attention variations, in favor of the
+sensations of muscular tension (kinaesthetic sensations) which
+arise IN rhythm, but do not cause it. To say that the impression
+of rhythm arises only in kinaesthetic sensations begs the
+question in the way previously noted. Undoubtedly, the period
+once established, the rhythmic group is held together, felt as
+a unit, by means of the coordinated movement sensations; but
+the main problem, the possibility of this first establishment,
+is not solved by such a motor theory. In other words, the
+attention theory is the real motor theory.
+
+<1> C.M. Hitchcock, "The Psychol. Of Expectation," _Psychol.
+Rev., Mon. Suppl._, No. 20.
+
+Expectation is the "set" of the attention. Automatism is the
+set of the motor centres. Now as attention is parallel to the
+condition of the motor centres, we are able to equate expectation
+and automatic movement. Rhythm is literally embodied expectation,
+fulfilled. It is therefore easily to be understood that whatever
+other emotions connect themselves with satisfied expectation are
+at their ideal poignance in the case of rhythm.
+
+It is from this point of view that we must understand the
+helpfulness of rhythm in work. That all definite stimulus, and
+especially sound stimulus, rhythmical or not, sets up a diffusive
+wave of energy, increasing blood circulation, dynamogenic
+phenomena, etc., is another matter, which has later to be
+discussed. But the essential is that this additional stimulus
+is rhythmical, and therefore a reinforcement of the nervous
+activity, and therefore a lightening and favorable condition of
+work itself. So it is, too, that we can understand the tremendous
+influence of rhythm just among primitive peoples, and those of a
+low degree of culture. Work is hard for savages, not because
+bodily effort is hard, but because the necessary concentration
+of attention is for them almost impossible; and the more, that
+in work they are unskilled, and without good tools, so that
+generally every movement has to be especially attended to. Now
+rhythm in work is especially directed to lighten that effort which
+they feel as hardest; it rests, renews, and frees the attention.
+Rhythm is helpful not primarily because it enables many to work
+together by making effort simultaneous, but rhythm rests and
+encourages the individual, and working together is most naturally
+carried out in rhythm.
+
+To this explanation all the other facts of life-enhancement, etc.,
+can be attached. Rhythm is undoubtedly favorable stimulation.
+Can it be brought under the full aesthetic formula of favorable
+stimulation with repose? A rhythm once established has both
+retrospective and prospective reference. It looks before and
+after, it binds together the first and the last moments of
+activity, and can therefore truly be said to return upon itself,
+so as to give a sense of equilibrium and repose.
+
+But when we turn from the fundamental facts of simple rhythm
+to the phenomena of art we find straightway many other problems.
+It is safe to say that no single phrase of music or line of
+poetry is without variation; more, that a rhythm without variation
+would be highly disagreeable. How must we understand these
+facts? It is impossible within the natural limitations of this
+chapter to do more than glance at a few of them.
+
+First of all, then, the most striking thing about the rhythmical
+experience is that the period, or group, is felt as a unit.
+"Of the number and relation of individual beats constituting a
+rhythmical sequence there is no awareness whatever on the part
+of the aesthetic subject....Even the quality of the organic
+units may lapse from distinct consciousness, and only a feeling
+of the form of the whole sequence remains."<1> Yet the slightest
+deviation from its form is remarked. Secondly, every variation
+creates not only a change in its own unit, but a wave of
+disturbance all along the line. Also, every variation from
+the type indicates a point of accentual stress; the syncopated
+measure, for instance, is always strongly accented. All these
+facts would seem to be connected with the view of the importance
+of movement sensations in building up the group feeling. The
+end of each rhythm period gives the cue for the beginning of
+the next, and the muscle tensions are coordinated within each
+group; so that each group is really continuous, and would
+naturally be "felt" as one,--but being automatic, would not be
+perceived in its separate elements. On the other hand, it is
+just automatic reaction, a deviation from which is felt most
+strongly. The syncopated measure has to maintain itself
+against pressure, as it were, and thus by making its presence
+in consciousness felt more strongly, it emphasizes the
+fundamental rhythm form.
+
+<1> R. MacDougall, "The Structure of Simple Rhythm Forms,"
+_Harv. Psychol. Studies_, vol. i, p. 332.
+
+This is well shown in the following passage from a technical
+treatise on expression in the playing of music. "The efforts
+which feeling makes to hold to...the shape of the first rhythm,
+the force which it is necessary to use to make it lose its
+desires and its habits, and to impose others on it, are
+naturally expressed by an agitation, that is, by a crescendo
+or greater intensity of sound, by an acceleration in movement."<1>
+If a purely technical expression may be pardoned here, it could
+be said that the motor image,<2> that is, the coordinated
+muscular tensions which make the group feeling of the fundamental
+rhythm, is always latent, and becomes conscious whenever anything
+conflicts with it. Thus it is that we can understand the
+tremendous rhythmical consciousness in that music which seems
+most to contradict the fundamental rhythm, as in negro melodies,
+and rag-time generally; and in general, the livening effect of
+variation. The motor tension, the "set" becomes felt the
+moment there is objective interference--just as we feel the
+rhythm of our going downstairs only when we fail to get the
+sensation we expect.
+
+<1> M. Lussy, _Traite de l'Expression Musicale_, Paris, 1874, p. 7.
+<2> _Gestaltsqualitat_, literally form-quality.
+
+This principle of the motor image is of tremendous significance,
+as we shall see, for the whole theory of music. Let it be
+sufficient to note here that expression, in the form of
+Gestaltsqualitat, or motor image, is, as a principle, sufficient
+for the explanation of the most important factors in the experience
+of rhythm.
+
+
+III
+
+But we have dwelt too long on the general characteristics.
+Although our examples have been drawn mostly from the field of
+music, the preceding principles apply to all kinds of rhythm,
+tactual and visual as well as auditory. It is time to show why
+the rhythm out of all comparison the strongest, most compelling,
+most full of emotional quality, is the rhythm of music.
+
+It has long been known that there is especially close connection
+between sounds and motor innervations. All sorts of sensorial
+stimuli produce reflex contractions, but the auditory, apparently,
+to a much higher degree. Animals are excited to all sorts of
+outbreaks by noise; children are less alarmed by visual than by
+auditory impressions. The fact that we dance to sound rather
+than to the waving of a baton, or rhythmical flashes of light
+for instance--the fact that this second proposition is felt at
+once to be absurd, shows how intimately the two are bound
+together. The irresistible effects of dance, martial music,
+etc., are trite commonplaces; and I shall therefore not heap
+up instances which can be supplied by every reader from his
+own experience. Now all this is not hard to understand,
+biologically. The eye mediated the information of what was
+far enough away to be fled from, or prepared for; the ear what
+was likely to be nearer, unseen, and so more ominous. As more
+ominous, it would have to be responded to in action more
+quickly. So that if any sense was to be in especially close
+connection with the motor centres, it would naturally be
+hearing.
+
+The development of the auditory functions points to the same
+close connection of sound and movement. Sounds affect us as
+tone, and as impulse. The primitive sensation was one of
+impulse alone, mediated by the "shake-organs." These shake-
+organs at first only gave information about the attitude and
+movements of the body, and were connected with motor centres
+so as to be able to reestablish equilibrium by means of
+reflexes. The original "shake-organ" developed into the
+organs of hearing and of equilibrium (that is, the cochlea
+and the semicircular canals respectively), but these were
+still side by side in the inner ear, and the close connection
+with the motor centres was not lost. Anatomically, the
+auditory nerve not only goes to those parts of the brain
+whence the motor innervation emanates, and to the reflex
+centres in the cerebellum, but passes close by the vagus or
+pneumogastric nerve, which rules the heart and the vasomotor
+functions. We have then multiplied reasons for the singular
+effect of sound on motor reactions, and on the other organic
+functions which have so much to do with feeling and emotion.
+
+Every sound-stimulus is then much more than sound-sensation.
+It causes reflex contractions in the whole muscular system;
+it sets up some sort of cardiac and vascular excitation.
+This reaction is in general in the direction of increased
+amplitude of respiration, but diminution of the pulse,
+depending on a peripheral vaso-constriction. Moreover, this
+vasomotor reaction is given in a melody or piece of music,
+not by its continuity, but for every one of the variations
+of rhythm, key, or intensity,--which is of interest in the
+light of what has been said of the latent motor image. The
+obstacle in syncopated rhythm is physiologically translated
+as vaso-constriction. In general, music induces cardiac
+acceleration.
+
+All this is of value in showing how completely the attention-
+motor theory of rhythm applies to the rhythm of sounds. Since
+sound is much more than sound, but sound-sensation, movement,
+and visceral change together, we can see that the rhythmical
+experience of music is, even more literally and completely
+than at first appeared, an EMBODIED expectation. No sensorial
+rhythm could be so completely induced in the psychological
+organism as the sound-rhythm. In listening to music, we see
+how it is that we ourselves, body and soul, seem to be IN the
+rhythm. We make it, and we wait to make it. The satisfaction
+of our expectation is like the satisfaction of a bodily desire
+or need; no, not like it, it IS that. The conditions and
+causes of rhythm and our pleasure in it are more deeply seated
+than language, custom, even instinct; they are in the most
+fundamental functions of life. This element of music, at least,
+seems not to have arisen as a "natural language."
+
+
+IV
+
+The facts of the relations of tones, the elements, that is,
+of melody and harmony, are as follows. We cannot avoid the
+observation that certain tones "go together," as the phrase
+is, while others do not. This peculiar impression of belonging
+together is known as consonance, or harmony. The intervals of
+the octave, the fifth, the third, for instance, that is, C-C',
+C-G, C-E, in the diatonic scale, are harmonious; while the
+interval of the second, C-D, is said to be dissonant.
+Consonance, however, is not identical with pleasingness, for
+different combinations are sometimes pleasing, sometimes
+displeasing. In the history of music we know that the octave
+was to the Greeks the most pleasing combination, to medieval
+musicians the fifth, while to us, the third, which was once
+a forbidden chord, is perhaps most delightful. Yet we should
+never doubt that the octave is the most consonant, the fifth
+and the third the lesser consonant of combinations. We see,
+thus, that consonance, whatever its nature, is independent
+of history; and we must seek for its explanation in the nature
+of the auditory process.
+
+Various theories have been proposed. That of Helmholtz has
+held the field so long that, although weighty objections have
+been raised to it, it must still be treated with respect. In
+introducing it a short review of the familiar facts of the
+physics and physiology of hearing may not be out of place.
+
+The vibration rates per second of the vibrating bodies, strings,
+steel rods, etc., which produce those musical tones which are
+consonant, are in definite and small mathematical ratios to
+each other. Thus the rates of C-C' are as 1:2; of C-G, C-E,
+as 2:3, 4:5. In general, the simpler the fraction, the
+greater the consonance.
+
+But no sonorous body vibrates in one single rate; a taut
+string vibrates as a whole, which gives its fundamental tone,
+but also in halves, in fourths, etc., each giving out a
+weaker partial tone, in harmony with the fundamental. And
+according to the different ways in which a sonorous body
+divides, that is, according to the different combination of
+partial tones peculiar to it, is its especial quality of tone,
+or timbre. The whole complex of fundamental and partial tones
+is what we popularly speak of as a tone,--more technically a
+clang. These physical agitations or vibrations are transmitted
+to the air. Omitting the account of the anatomical path by
+which they reach the inner ear, we find them at last setting
+up vibrations in a many-fibred membrane, the basilar membrane,
+which is in direct connection with the ends of the auditory
+nerve. It is supposed that to every possible rate of
+vibration, that is, every possible tone, or partial tone, there
+corresponds a fibre of the basilar membrane fitted by its
+length to vibrate synchronously with the original wave-elements.
+The complex wave is thus analyzed into its constituents. Now
+when two tones, which we will for clearness suppose to be
+simple, unaccompanied by partial tones, sounding together,
+have vibration rates in simple ratios to each other, the air-
+waves set in motion do not interfere with each other, but
+combine into a complex but homogeneous wave. If they have
+to each other a complicated ratio, such as 500:504, the air-
+waves will not only not coalesce, but four times in the second
+the through of one wave will meet the crest of the other, thus
+making the algebraic sum zero, and producing the sensation of
+a momentary stoppage of the sound. When these stoppages, or
+beats, as they are called, are too numerous to be heard
+separately, as in the interval, say, 500:547, the effect is
+of a disagreeable roughness of tone, and this we call discord.
+In other words, any tones which do not produce beats are
+harmonious, or harmony is the absence of discord. In the
+words of Helmholtz,<1> consonance is a continuous, dissonance
+an intermittent, tone-sensation.
+
+<1> _Lehre v.d. Tonempfindungen_, p. 370, in 4th edition.
+
+Aside from the fact that consonance, as a psychological fact,
+seems positive, while this determination is negative, two very
+important facts can be set up in opposition. As a result of
+experimental investigation, we know that the impression of
+consonance can accompany the intermittent or rough sound-
+sensations we know as beating tones; and, conversely, tones
+can be dissonant when the possibility of beats is removed.
+Briefly, it is possible to make beats without dissonance,
+and dissonance without beats.
+
+The other explanation makes consonance due to the identity
+of partial tones. When two tones have one or more partial
+tones in common they are said to be related; the amount
+of identity gives the degree of relationship. Physiologically,
+one or more basilar membrane fibres are excited by both, and
+this fact gives the positive feeling of relationship or
+consonance. Of course the obvious objection to this view
+is that the two tones should be felt as differently consonant
+when struck on instruments which give different partial tones,
+such as organ and piano, while in fact they are not so felt.
+
+But it is not after all essential to the aesthetics of music
+that the physiological basis of harmony should be fully
+understood. The point is that certain tones do indeed seem to
+be "preordained to congruity," preordained either in their
+physical constitution or their physiological relations, and not
+to have achieved congruity by use or custom. Consonance is an
+immediate and fundamental impression,--psychologically an
+ultimate fact. That it is ultimate is emphasized by Stumpf<1>
+in his theory of Fusion. Consonance is fusion, that is, unitary
+impression. Fusion is not identical with inability to distinguish
+two tones from each other in a chord, although this may be used
+as a measure of fusion. Consonance is the feeling of unity, and
+fusion is the mutual relation of tones which gives that feeling.
+
+<1> _Beitrage zur Akustik u. Musikwissenschaft_, Heft I,
+Konsonanz u. Dissonanz, 1898.
+
+The striking fact of modern music is the principle of tonality.
+Tonality is said to be present in a piece of music when every
+element in it is referred to, gets its significance from its
+relation to, a fundamental tone, the tonic. The tonic is the
+beginning and lowest note in the scale in question, and all
+notes and chords are understood according to their place in
+that scale. But the conception of the scale of course does not
+cover the ground, it merely furnishes the point of departure,--
+the essential is in the reference of every element to the
+fundamental tone. The tonic is the centre of gravity of a
+melody.
+
+The feeling of tonality grew up as follows. Every one was
+referred to a fundamental, whether or not it made with it an
+harmonious interval. The fundamental was imaged TOGETHER WITH
+every other note, and when a group of such references often
+appeared together, the feelings bound up with the single
+reference (interval-feelings) fused into a single feeling,--
+the tonality-feeling. When this point is once reached, it is
+clear that every tone is heard not as itself alone, but in its
+relations; it is not that we judge of tonality, it is a direct
+impression, based on a psychological principle that we have
+already touched on in the theory of rhythm. The tonality-
+feeling is a feeling of form, or motor image, just as the
+shape of objects is a motor image. We do not now need to go
+through all possible experiences in relation to these objects,
+we POSSESS their form in a system of motor images, which are
+themselves only motor cues for coordinated movements. So
+every tone is felt as something at a certain distance from,
+with a certain relation to, another tone which is dimly
+imagined. In following a melody, the notes are able to belong
+together for us by virtue of the background of the tone to
+which they are related, and in terms of which they are heard.
+The tonality is indeed literally a "funded content,"--that is,
+a funded capital of relation.
+
+These are the general facts of tonality. But what is its
+meaning for the nature of music? Why should all notes be
+referred to one? Is this, too, an ultimate psychological fact?
+In answer there may be pointed out the original basic quality
+of certain tones, and the desire we have to return to them.
+Of two successive tones, it is always the one which is, in the
+ratio of their vibration rates, a power of two, with which we
+wish to end.<1> When neither of two successive tones contains
+a power of two, we have no preference as to the ending. Thus
+denoting any tone by 1, it is always to 1 or 2, or 2n that we
+wish to return, from any other possible tone; while 3 and 5, 5
+and 7, leave us indifferent as to their succession. In general,
+when two tones are related, as 2n:3, 5, 7, 9, 15--in which 2n
+denotes every power of two, including 2o=1, with the progression
+from the first to the second, there is bound up a tendency to
+return to the first. Thus the fundamental fact of melodic
+sequence may be said to be the primacy of 2 in vibration rates.
+But 2n, in a scale containing 3, 5, etc., is always what we
+know as the tonic. The tonic, then, gives a sense of
+equilibrium, of rest, of finality, while to end on another tone
+gives a feeling of restlessness or striving.
+
+Now tone-relationship alone, it is clear, would not of itself
+involve this immediate impulse to end a sequence of notes on
+one rather than on another. Nor is tonality, in the all-
+pervasive sense in which we understand it, a characteristic of
+ancient, or of mediaeval music, while the tendency to end on a
+certain tone, which we should to-day call the tonic, was always
+felt. Thus, since complete tonality was developed late in the
+history of music, while the closing on the tonic was certainly
+prior to it, the finality of the tonic would seem to be the
+primary fact, out of which the other has been developed.
+
+We speak to-day, for instance, of dissonant chords, which call
+for a resolution--and are inclined to interpret them as
+dissonant just because they do so call. But the desire for
+resolution is historically much later than the distinction
+between consonance and dissonance.... "What we call resolution
+is not change from dissonant to consonant IN GENERAL, but the
+transition of definite tones of a dissonant interval into
+DEFINITE TONES of a consonant."<1> The dissonance comes from
+the device of getting variety, in polyphonic music, by letting
+some parts lag behind, and the discords which arose while they
+were catching up were resolved in the final coming together;
+but the STEPS were all PREDETERMINED.<2> Resolution was
+inevitably implied by the very principle on which the device
+is founded. That is, the understanding of a chord as something
+TO BE RESOLVED, is indeed part of the feeling of tonality; but
+the ending on the tonic was that out of which this resolution-
+feeling grew.
+
+<1> Stumpf, op. Cit., p. 33.
+<2> Grove, _Dict. Of Music and Musicians_. Art. "Resolution."
+
+Must we, then, say that the finality of the tonic is a unique, inexplicable phenomenon? giving up the nature of melody as a
+problem if not insoluble, at least unsolved?
+
+The feeling of finality in the return to 2n is explained by
+Lipps and his followers, from the fact that the two-division
+is most natural, and so tones of 2n vibrations would have the
+character of rest and equilibrium. This explanation might hold
+if we were ever conscious of the two-division as such, in tones
+--which we are not; so that it would seem to depend on the
+restful character of a perception which by hypothesis is never
+present to the mind at all.
+
+The experience is, on the contrary, immediate,--an impression,
+not a perception; and this immediacy points to the one ultimate
+fact in musical feeling we have so far discovered. The whole
+development of the scale, and the complex feeling of tonality,
+is an expression of the desire for consonance. Every change
+and correction in the scale has gone to make every note more
+consonant with its neighbors. And naturally the tonic is the
+tone with which all other tones have the most unity. Now this
+"return" phenomenon is a simpler case of the desire for the
+feeling of unity. The tonic is the epitome of all the most
+perfect feelings of consonance or unity which are possible in
+any particular sequence of tones, and is therefore the goal
+or resting-place after an excursion. The undoubted feeling
+of equilibrium or repose which we have in ending on the tonic
+is thus explained. Not that consonance itself, the feeling of
+unity, is explained. But at any rate consonance is the root
+of the "return," and of its development into complete tonality.
+
+The history of music is then the explicit development of
+acoustic laws implicit in every stage of musical feeling. That
+feeling covers an ever wider field. When Mr. Hadow says that
+the terms concord and discord are wholly relative to the ear
+of the listener,<1> and that the distinction between them is
+not to be explained on any mathematical basis, or by any a
+priori law of acoustics,--that it is not because a minor
+second is ugly that we dislike it, for it will be a concord
+some day,--he is only partly right. The minor second may be
+a "concord," that is, we may like it, some day; but that will
+be because w have extended our feeling of tonality to include
+the minor second. When that day comes the minor second will
+be so closely linked with other fully consonant combinations
+that we shall hear it in terms of them, just as to-day we
+hear the chord of the dominant seventh in terms of its
+resolution. But the basis will not be convention or custom,
+except in so far as custom is the unfolding of natural law.
+The course of music, like that of every other art, is away
+from arbitrary--though simple--convention, to a complexity
+which satisfies the natural demands of the organism. The
+"natural persuasion" of the ear is omnipotent.
+
+<1> W.H. Hadow, _Studies in Modern Music_, 1893.
+
+
+V
+
+It has been said that the feeling of tonality is a motor image
+or "form-quality" and that the image of the tonic persists
+throughout every sequence of tones in a melody. Now these are
+not only felt as having a certain relation to the tonic; that
+relation is an active one. It was said that we had a positive
+desire to end on a certain tone, and that a tendency to pass
+to that tone was bound up with the hearing of another tone.
+The degree of this tendency is determined by their relation.
+The key, the tonality, is determined by the consensus of
+intervals which have been felt as more or less consonant.
+Then steps in this scale which come near to the great salient
+points--that is, the points of greatest consonance, which is
+unity, which is rest--are felt as suggesting them. This is
+the reason why a semitone progression is felt as so compelling.
+In taking the scale upward, C to C', that element in the tone-
+Space already clearly foreshadowed by the previous tones is C';
+B is so near that it is almost C'--it seems to cry aloud to be
+completed by C'. Then the tendency to move from B to C' is
+especially strong. In the same way a chromatic note suggests
+most strongly the salient point in the scheme to which it is
+nearest--and "tends" to it as to a point of comparative rest.
+The difference between the major and minor scales may be found
+in the lesser definiteness<1> with which the tendency to
+progression, in the latter, is felt--"a condition of hovering,
+a kind of ambiguity, of doubt, to which side the movement
+shall proceed." We may then understand a melody as ever tending
+with various degrees of urgency, of strain, to its centre of
+gravity, the tonic.
+
+<1> F. Weinmann, _Zeitschr. f. Psychol._, Bd. 35, p. 360.
+
+It is from this point of view that we can see the cogency of
+Gurney's remark, that when music seems to be yearning for
+unutterable things, it is really yearning only for the next
+note. "In this step from the state of rest into movement and
+return, the coming again to rest; on what circuitous ways,
+with what reluctances and hesitations; whether quick and
+decisively or gradually and unnoticed--therein consists the
+nature of melody."<1>
+
+<1> Weinmann, op. cit.
+
+Or in Gurney's more eloquent description, "The melody may begin
+by pressing its way through a sweetly yielding resistance to a
+gradually foreseen climax; whence again fresh expectation is
+bred, perhaps for another excursion, as it were, round the same
+centre but with a bolder and freer sweep,...to a point where
+again the motive is suspended on another temporary goal; till
+after a certain number of such involutions and evolutions, and
+of delicately poised leanings and reluctances and yieldings,
+the forces so accurately measured just suffice to bring it home,
+and the sense of potential and coming integration which has
+underlain all our provisional adjustments of expectation is
+triumphantly justified."<1>
+
+<1> Op. cit., p. 165.
+
+This should not be taken as a more or less poetical account
+under the metaphor of motion. These "leanings" are literal
+in the sense that one note does imply another as its natural
+complement and satisfaction and we seek to reach or make it.
+The striving is an intrinsic element, not a by-product for our
+understanding.
+
+There is another point to note. The "sense of potential and
+coming integration" is a strong factor of melody. If it cannot
+be said that the first note implies the last, it is at least
+true that from point to point the next step is dimly foreseen,
+and this effect is cumulative. If melody is an ever-hindered
+striving for the goal, at least the hindrances themselves are
+stations on the way, each one as overcome adding to the final
+momentum with which the goal is reached. It is like an
+accumulation of evidence, a constellation of associations. AB
+foretells C; but ABCDEF rushes yet more strongly upon G. So
+it is that the irresistibleness, the "unalterable rightness"
+of a piece of music increases from beginning to end.
+
+The significance of this essential internal necessity of
+progression cannot be overestimated. The unalterable rightness
+of music is founded on natural acoustic laws, and this
+"rightness" is fundamental. A melody is not right because it
+is beautiful, it is beautiful because it is right. The natural
+tendencies point out different paths to the goal; and thus
+different ways of being beautiful; but the nature of the
+relation between point and point, the nature of the progression,
+that is, the nature of melody, is the same.
+
+Up to this point we have consistently abstracted from the
+element of rhythm in melody. Strictly speaking, however, it
+is impossible to do so. The individuality of a melody is
+absolutely dependent on its rhythm, that is, on the relative
+time-value of its tones. Gurney has devoted some amusing pages
+to showing the trivial, dragging, lustreless tunes that result
+from ever so slight a change in the rhythm of noble themes, or
+even in the distribution of rhythmical elements within the bar.
+The reason for this is evident. The nature of melody in the
+sense of sequence consists in the varied answers to the demands
+of the ear as felt at each successive point. Now it is clear
+that such "answer" can be emphasized, given indifferently, held
+in suspense, in short, subjected to all kinds of variation as
+well by the rhythmical form into which it is cast, as by the
+different choice of possibilities for the tone itself. The
+rhythm helps out the melody not only by adding to it an
+independently pleasing element, but, and this is indeed the
+essential, by reinforcing the intrinsic relations of the notes
+themselves. Thus it is in the highest degree true that in
+melody and rhythm we do not have content and form, but that,
+strictly speaking, the melody is tone-sequence in rhythm.
+
+The intimate bondage of tone-sequence and rhythm is grounded
+in the identity of their inner nature; both are varieties of
+the objective conditions of embodied expectation. It is not
+of the essence of music to satisfy explicit and conscious
+expectation--to satisfy the understanding. It meets on the
+contrary a subconscious, automatic need which becomes conscious
+only in the moment of its contenting. Every moment of progress
+in a beautiful melody is hailed like an instinctive action
+performed for the first time. Rhythm is the ideal satisfaction
+of attention in general with all its bodily concomitants and
+expressions. Tone-sequence is the satisfaction of attention
+directed to auditory demands. But the form-quality of rhythm,
+the form-quality of tonality, is an all but subconscious
+possession. Together, reinforcing each other in melody, they
+furnish the ideal arrangement of the most poignant of sense-
+stimulations.
+
+
+VI
+
+It is strange that those who would accept the general facts of
+musical logic as outlined above do not perceive that they have
+thereby cut away the ground from under the feet of the "natural
+language" argument. If the principle of choice in the progress
+of a melody is tone-relationship, the principle of choice cannot
+also be the cadences of the speaking voice. That musical
+intervals often RECALL the speaking voice is another matter, as
+we have said, and to this it may be added that they much more
+often do not. The question here is only of the primacy of the
+principle. Thus it would seem that the facts of musical structure
+constitute in themselves a refutation of the view we have disputed.
+To say that music arose in "heightened speech" is irrelevant; for
+the occasion of an aesthetic phenomenon is never its cause. It
+might as well be said that music arose in economic conditions,--
+as indeed Grosse, in his "Anfange der Kunst," conclusively shows,
+without attempting to make this social occasion intrude into the
+nature of the phenomenon. Primitive decorative art arose in the
+imitation of the totemic or clan symbols, mostly animal forms;
+but we have seen that the aesthetic quality of the decoration is
+due to the demands of the eye, and appears fully only in the
+comparative degradation of the representative form. In exactly
+the same way might we consider the "degradation" of speech
+cadences into real music,--supposing this were really the origin
+of music. As a matter of fact, however, the best authorities
+seem to be agreed that the primitive "dance-song" was rather a
+monotonous, meaningless chant, and that the original pitch-
+elements were mechanically supplied by the first musical
+instruments; these being at first merely for noise, and becoming
+truly vibrating, sonorous bodies because they were more easily
+struck if they were hard or taut. The musical tones which these
+hard vibrating bodies gave out were the first determinations of
+pitch, and of the elements of the scale, which correspond to the
+natural partial vibrations of such bodies. "The human voice,"
+Wallaschek<1> tells us, "equally admits of any pentatonic or
+heptatonic intervals, and very likely we should never have got
+regular scales if we had depended upon the ear and voice only.
+The first unique cause to settle the type of a regular scale is
+the instrument." To this material we have to apply only that
+"natural persuasion of the ear" which we have already explained,
+to account for the full development of music.
+
+<1> _Primitive Music_, 1893, p. 156.
+
+The beauty of music, in so far as beauty is identical with
+pleasantness, consists in its satisfaction of the demands of
+the ear, and of the whole psychophysical organism as connected
+with the ear. It is now time to return to a thread dropped at
+the beginning. It was said that a common way of settling the
+musical experience was to make musical beauty the object of
+perception, and musical expression the object, or source, of
+emotion. This view seems to attach itself to all shades of
+theory. Hanslick always contrasts intellectual activity as
+attaching to the form, and emotion as attaching to the sensuous
+material (that is, the physical effects of motion, loud or
+soft sound, tempo, etc.). He speaks of the aesthetic criterion
+of INTELLIGENT gratification. "The truly musical listener" has
+"his attention absorbed by the particular form and character of
+the composition," "the unique position which the INTELLECTUAL
+ELEMENT in music occupies in relation to FORMS and SUBSTANCE
+(subject)." M. Dauriac in the same way separates the emotion
+of music<1> as a product of nervous excitations, from the
+appreciation of it as beautiful. "It is probably that the
+pleasure caused by rhythm and color prevails with a pretty
+large number, with the greatest number, over the pleasure in
+the musical form, pleasure too exclusively PSYCHOLOGICAL for
+one to be content with it alone....The musical sense implies
+the intelligence....The theory...applies to a great number of
+sonorous sensations, and not at all to any musical perceptions."
+Mr. W.H. Hadow<2> tells us that it is the duty of the musician
+not to flatter the sense with an empty compliment of sound,
+but to reach through sensation to the mental faculties within.
+And again we read "the art of the composer is in a sense the
+discovery and exposition of the INTELLIGIBLE relations in the
+multifarious material at his command."<3>
+
+<1> "Le Plaisir et l'Emotion Musicale," _Rev. Philos._, Tome
+42, No. 7.
+<2> Op. cit., p. 47.
+<3> Grove's _Dict._ Art. "Relationship."
+
+Now it is not hard to see how this antithesis has come about.
+But that the work of a master is always capable of logical
+analysis does not prove that our apprehension of it is a
+logical act. And the preceding discussion has wholly failed
+to make its point, if it is not now clear that the musical
+experience is an impression and not a judgment; that the feeling
+of tonality is not a judgment of tonality, and that though the
+aesthetic enjoyment of music extends only to those limits within
+which the feeling of tonality is active, that feeling is more
+likely than not to be quite unintelligible to the listener.
+Indeed, if it were not so, we should have to restrict, by
+hypothesis, the enjoyment of music to those able to give a
+technical report of what they hear,--which is notoriously at
+odds with the facts. That psychologist is quite right who
+holds<1> that psychology, in laying down a principle explaining
+the actual effect of a musical piece, is not justified in
+confining itself to skilled musicians and taking no notice of
+more than nine tenths of those who listen to the piece. But on
+the understanding that the tonality-feeling acts subconsciously,
+that our satisfaction with the progression of notes is unexplained
+by the laws of acoustics and association, we are enabled to bring
+within the circle of those who have the musical experience even
+those nine tenths whose intellects are not actively participant.
+
+<1> Lazarus, _Das Leben der Seele_, ii, p. 323.
+
+The fact is that musical form, in the sense of structure, balance,
+symmetry, and proportion in the arrangement of phrases, and in
+the contrasting of harmonies and keys, is different from the
+musical form which is felt intimately, intrinsically, as the
+desired, the demanded progress from one note to another. Structure
+is indeed perceived, understood, enjoyed as an orderly unified
+arrangement. Form is felt as an immediate joy. Structure it is
+which many critics have in mind when they speak of form, and it
+is the confusion between the two which makes such an antithesis
+of musical beauty and sensuous material possible. The real
+musical beauty, it is clear, is in the melodic idea; in the
+sequence of tones which are indissolubly one, which are felt
+together, one of which cannot exist without the other. Musical
+beauty is in the intrinsic musical form. And yet here, too, we
+must admit, that, in the last analysis, structure and form need
+not be different. The perfect structure will be such a unity
+that it, too, will be FELT as one--not only "the orderly
+distribution of harmonies and keys in such a manner that the
+mind can realize the concatenation as a complete and distinct
+work of art." The ideal musical consciousness would have an
+ideally great range; it would not only realize the concatenation,
+but it would take it in as one takes in a single phrase, a simple
+tune, retaining it from first not to last. The ordinary musical
+consciousness has merely a much shorter breath. It can "feel"
+an air, a movement; it cannot "feel" a symphony, it can only
+perceive the relation of keys and harmonies therein. With
+repeated hearing, study, experience, this span of beauty may be
+indefinitely extended--in the individual, as in the race. But
+no one will deny that the direct experience of beauty, the
+single aesthetic thrill, is measured exactly by the length of
+this span. It is only genius--hearer or composer--who can
+operate "a longue haleine."
+
+So it is that we must understand the development in musical
+form from the cut and dried sonata form to the wayward yet
+infinitely greater beauty of Beethoven; and thence to the
+"free forms" of modern music. "Infinite melody" is a
+contradiction in terms, because when the first term cannot
+be present in consciousness with the last there is nothing to
+control and direct the progression; and our musical memory is
+limited. Yet we can conceive, theoretically, the possibility
+of an indefinite widening of the memory.
+
+It was on some such grounds as these that Poe laid down his
+famous "Poetic Principle,"--that a long poem does not exist;
+that "a long poem" is simply a flat contradiction in terms.
+He says, indeed, that because "elevating excitement," the end
+of a poem, is "through a psychical necessity" transient,
+therefore no poem should be longer than the natural term of
+such excitement. It is clearly possible to substitute for
+"elevating excitement," immediate musical feeling of the
+individual. What is the meaning of "feeling," "impression,"
+here? It is the power of entering into a Gestaltsqualitat--
+a motor group, a scheme in which every element is the
+mechanical cue to the following. Beauty ceases for the hearer
+where this carrying power, the "funded capital" of tone-
+linkings ceases. In just the same way, if rhythm were a
+perception rather than an impression, we ought to be able to
+apprehend a rhythm of which the unit periods were hours. Yet
+we may so bridge over the moments of beauty in experience that
+we are enabled, without stretching to a breaking-point, to
+speak of a symphony or an opera as a single beautiful work of
+art.
+
+
+VII
+
+But what of the difficulties which such a theory must meet?
+The most obvious one is the short life of musical works. If
+musical beauty is founded in natural laws, why does music so
+quickly grow old? The answer is that music is a phenomenon
+of expectation as founded on these natural laws. It is the
+tendency of one note to progress to another which is the basis
+of the vividness of our experience. We expect, indeed, what
+belongs objectively to the development of a melody, but only
+that particular variety of progression to which we have become
+accustomed. So it is that music which presents only the old,
+simple progressions gives the greatest sense of ease, but the
+least sense of effort--the ideal motion not being hindered on
+its way. Intensity, vividness, would be felt where the
+progression is less obvious, but felt as "fitting in" when it
+is once made; and where it is not obvious at all--where the
+link is not felt, a sense of dissatisfaction and restlessness
+arises. So it is with music which we know by heart. It is
+not that we know each note, and so expect it, but that it is
+felt as necessarily issuing out of the preceding. A piece of
+poor music, really heterogeneous and unconnected, might be
+thoroughly familiar, and yet never, in this sense, felt as
+SATISFYING expectation. In the same way, music in which the
+progressions were germane to the existing tonality-feeling,
+while still not absolutely obvious, would not be less quickening
+to the musical sense, even if learned by heart. It is clear
+that there is an external and an internal expectation--one,
+imposed by memory, for the particular piece; the other constituted
+partly by intrinsic internal relations, partly by the degree to
+which these internal relations have been exploited. That is,
+the possibility of musical expectation, and pleasure in its
+satisfaction, is conditioned by the possession of a tonality-
+feeling which covers the constituents of the piece of music, but
+which has not become absolutely mechanical in its action. Just
+as rhythm needs an obstacle to make the structure felt, so
+melody needs some variation from the obvious set of relations
+already won and possessed. If that possession is too complete,
+the melody becomes as stale and uninteresting as would a 3-4
+rhythm without a change or a break.
+
+The test of genius in music, of the width and depth of mastery,
+is to be able to become familiar without ceasing to be strange.
+On the other hand, if in music to be great is always to be
+misunderstood, it is no less true, here as elsewhere, that to
+be misunderstood is not always to be great. And music may be
+merely strange, and pass into oblivion, without ever having
+passed that stage of surprised and delighted acceptance which
+is the test of its truth to fundamental laws.
+
+But how shall music advance? How shall it set out to win new
+relations? It is at least conceivable that it takes the method
+of another art which we have just studied. To get new beauties,
+it does not say,--Go to, I will add to the beauties I already
+have! It makes new occasions, and by way of these finds the
+impulse it seeks. Renoir paints the baigneuse of Montmartre,
+and finds "the odd, beautiful huddle of lines" in so doing;
+Rodin portrays ever new subtleties of situation and mood, and
+by way of these comes most naturally to "the unedited poses."
+So a musician, we may imagine, comes to new and strange
+utterances by way of a new and strange motion or cry that he
+imitates. Out of the various bents and impulses that these
+give him he chooses the ones that chance to be beautiful. And
+in time these new beauties have become worn away like the trite
+metaphors that are now no longer metaphors, but part of the
+"funded capital." That was a ridiculous device of Schumann's,
+who found a motif for one of his loveliest things by using the
+letters of his temporary fair one's name--A B E G G; but it
+may not be so utterly unlike the procedure by which music grows.
+
+
+VIII
+
+But what provision must be made for the emotions of music? It
+cannot be that the majority of musicians, who are strangely
+enough the very ones to insist that music is merely the
+language of emotion, are utterly and essentially wrong. Nor
+has it been attempted to prove them so. The beauty of music,
+we have sought to show, grows and flowers out of tone-relations
+alone, consists in tone-sequences alone. But it has not been
+said that music did not arouse emotion, nor that it might not
+on occasion even express it.
+
+It is in fact now rather a commonplace in musical theory, to
+show the emotional means which music has at its command; and
+I shall therefore be very brief in my reference to them. They
+may be shortly classed as expressive by association and by
+direct induction. Expressive by association are passages of
+direct imitation: the tolling of bells, the clash of arms, the
+roar of wind, the hum of spinning wheels, even to the bleating
+of sheep and the whirr of windmills; the cadence of the voice
+in pleading, laughter, love; from such imitations we are
+REMINDED of a fact or an emotion. More intimate is the
+expression by induction; emotion is aroused by activities
+which themselves form part of the emotions in question. Thus
+the differences in tempo, reproduced in nervous response, call
+up the gayety, sadness, hesitation, firmness, haste, growing
+excitement, etc., of which whole experiences these movement
+types form a part.
+
+These emotions, as has often been shown, are absolutely
+general and indefinite in their character, and are, on the
+whole, even in their intensity, no measure of the beauty of
+the music which arouses them. Indeed, we can get intense
+emotion from sound which is entirely unmusical. So, too,
+loudness, softness, crescendo, diminuendo, volume, piercingness,
+have their emotional accompaniments. It is to Hanslick that
+we owe the general summing up of these possibilities of
+expression as "the dynamic figures of occurrences." How
+this dynamic skeleton is filled out through association, or
+that special form of association which we know as direct
+induction, is not hard to understand on psychological grounds.
+It is not necessary to repeat here the reasons for the literally
+"moving" appeal of sound-stimulations, which have been already
+detailed under the subject of rhythm.
+
+Yet there still remains a residue of emotion not entirely
+accounted for. It has been said that these, the emotions
+expressed, or aroused, are more or less independent of the
+intrinsic musical beauty. But it cannot be denied that there
+is an intense emotion which grows with the measure of the
+beauty of a piece of music, and which music lovers are yet
+loth to identify with the so-called general aesthetic emotion,
+or with the "satisfaction of expectation," different varieties
+of which, in fusion, we have tried to show as the basis of the
+musical experience. The aesthetic emotion from a picture is
+not like this, they say, and a mere satisfaction of expectation
+is unutterably tame. This is unique, aesthetic, individual!
+
+I believe that the clue to this objection in the natural impulse
+of mankind to confuse the intensity of an experience with a
+difference in kind. But first of all, there must be added to
+our list of definite emotions from music, those which attach
+themselves to the internal relations of the notes. Gurney has
+said that when we feel ourselves yearning for the next
+unutterable, we are really yearning for the next note. That
+is the secret! Each one of those tendencies, demands, leanings,
+strivings, returns, as between tone and tone in a melody, is
+necessarily accompanied by the feeling-tone which belongs to
+such an attitude. And it is to be noted that all the more
+poignant emotions we get from music are always stated in terms
+of urgency, of strain, of effort. That is because these
+emotions, and these alone, are inescapable in music since they
+are founded on the intrinsic relations of the notes themselves.
+It is just for this reason, too, that music, just in proportion
+to its beauty, is felt, as some one says, like vinegar on a
+wound, by those in grief or anxiety.
+
+ "I shall loathe sweet tunes, where a note grown strong
+ Relents and recoils, and climbs and closes."
+
+It is the yearning that is felt most strongly, the more vividly
+are the real musical relations of the notes brought out.
+
+Music expresses and causes tension, strain, yearning, through
+its inner, its "absolute" nature. But it does more; it satisfies
+these yearnings. It not only creates an expectation to satisfy
+it, but the expectation itself is of a poignant, emotional,
+personal character. What is the emotion that is aroused by such
+a satisfaction?
+
+The answer to this question takes us back again to that old
+picturesque theory of Schopenhauer--that music is the
+objectification of the will. Schopenhauer meant this in a
+metaphysical, and to us an inadmissible sense; but I believe
+that the psychological analysis of the musical experience which
+we have just completed shows that there is another sense in
+which it is absolutely true.
+
+The best psychological theory of the experience of volition
+makes it the imaging of a movement or action, followed by
+feelings of strain, and then of the movement carried out.
+The anticipation is the essential. Without anticipation, as
+in the reflex, winking, the action appears involuntary.
+Without the feeling of effort or strain, as in simply raising
+the empty hand, the self-feeling is weaker. When all these
+three elements, IMAGE, EFFORT, SUCCESS, are present most
+vividly, the feeling is of triumphant volition. Now my thesis
+is--the thesis toward which every though of the preceding has
+pointed--that the fundamental facts of the musical experience
+are supremely fitted to bring about the illusion and the
+exaltation of the triumphant will.
+
+The image, dimly foreshadowed, is given in the half-consciousness
+of each note as it appears, and in that sense of coming
+integration already recognized. The proof is the shock and
+disappointment when the wrong note is sounded; if we had not
+some anticipation of the right, the wrong one would not shock.
+The strain we have in the effort of the organism to reach the
+note, the tendency to which is implicit in the preceding. The
+success is given in the coming of the note itself.
+
+All this is no less true of rhythm--but there the expectation
+is more mechanical, less conscious, as has been fully shown.
+The more beautiful, that is, the more inevitably, irresistibly
+right the music, the more powerful the influence to this illusion
+of the triumphant will. The exaltation of musical emotion is
+thus the direct measure of the perfection of the relations--the
+beauty of the music. This, then, is the only intimate, immediate,
+intrinsic emotion of music--the illusion of the triumphant will!
+
+One word more on the interpretation of music in general aesthetic
+terms. All that has been said goes to show that music possesses
+to the very highest degree the power of stimulation. Can we
+attribute to it repose in any other sense than that of satisfying
+a desire that it arouses? We can do so in pointing out that
+music ever returns upon itself--that its motion is cyclic. Music
+is the art of auditory implications; but more than this, its
+last note returns to its first. It is as truly a unity as if
+it were static. We may say that the beauty of a picture is only
+entered into when the eye has roved over the whole canvas, and
+holds all the elements indirectly while it is fixated upon one
+point. In exactly the same way music is not beauty unless it
+is ALL there; at every point a fusion of the heard tone with
+the once heard tones in the order of their hearing. The melody,
+as a set of implications, is as ESSENTIALLY timeless as the
+picture. By melody too, then, is given the perfect moment, the
+moment of unity and completeness, of stimulation and repose.
+
+The aesthetic emotion for music is then the favorable stimulation
+of the sense of hearing and those other senses that are bound up
+with it, together with the repose of perfect unity. It has a
+richer color, a more intense exaltation in the illusion of the
+triumphant will, which is indeed the peculiar moment for the
+self in action.
+
+
+
+VI
+THE BEAUTY OF LITERATURE
+
+VI
+THE BEAUTY OF LITERATURE
+
+I
+
+THAT in the practice and pleasure of art for art's sake there
+lurks an unworthy element, is a superstition that recurs in
+every generation of critics. A most accomplished and modern
+disciple of the gay science but yesterday made it a reproach
+to the greatest living English novelist, that he, too, was
+all for beauty, all for art, and had no great informing
+purpose. "Art for art's sake" is clearly, to this critic's
+mind, compatible with the lack of something all desirable for
+novels. Yet if there is indeed a characteristic excellence
+of the novel, if there is something the lack of which in a
+novel is rightly deplored, then the real art for art's sake
+is bound to include this characteristic excellence. If an
+informing purpose is needed, no true artist can dispense
+with it. Otherwise art for art's sake is a contradiction
+in terms.
+
+The critic I have quoted merely voices the lingering Puritan
+distrust of beauty as an end in itself, and so repudiates
+the conception of beauty as containing all the excellences
+of a work of art. He thinks of beauty as cut up into small
+snips and shreds of momentary sensations; as the sweet sound
+of melodious words and cadences; or as something abstract,
+pattern-like, imposed from without,--a Procrustes-bed of
+symmetry and proportion; or as a view of life Circe-like,
+insidious, a golden languor, made of "the selfish serenities
+of wild-wood and dream-palace." All these, apart or
+together, are thought of as the "beauty," at which the
+artist "for art's sake" aims, and to that is opposed the
+nobler informing purpose. But the truer view of beauty
+makes it simply the epitome of all which a work of art ought
+to be, and thus the only end and aim of every work of art.
+The beauty of literature receives into itself all the
+precepts of literature: there is no "ought" beyond it.
+And art for art's sake is but art conscious of its aim, the
+production of that all-embracing beauty.
+
+What, then, is the beauty of literature? How may we know
+its characteristic excellences? It is strange how, in all
+serious discussion, to the confounding of some current ideas
+of criticism, we are thrown back, inevitably, on this concept
+of excellence! The most ardent of impressionists wakes up
+sooner or later to the idea that he has been talking values
+all his life. The excellences of literature! They must
+lie within the general formula for beauty, yet they must be
+conditioned by the possibilities of the special medium of
+literature. The general formula, abstract and metaphysical
+as it must be, may not be applied directly; for abstract
+thought will fit only that art which can convey it; hence
+the struggle of theorists with painting, music, and
+architecture, and the failure of Hegel, for instance, to
+show how beauty as "the expression of the Idea" resides in
+these arts. But if the general formula is always translated
+relatively to the sense-medium through which beauty must
+reach the human being, it may be preserved, while yet
+affirming all the special demands of the particular art.
+Beauty is a constant function of the varying medium. The
+end of Beauty is always the same, the perfect moment of
+unity and self-completeness, of repose in excitement. But
+this end is attained by different means furnished by
+different media: through vision and its accompanying
+activities; through hearing and its accompanying activities;
+and for literature, through hearing in the special sense
+of communication by word. It is the nature of this medium
+that we must further discover.
+
+
+II
+
+Now the word is nothing in itself; it is not sound primarily,
+but thought. The word is but a sign, a negligible quantity
+in human intercourse--a counter in which the coins are ideas
+and emotions--merely legal tender, of no value save in
+exchange. What we really experience in the sound of a
+sentence, in the sight of a printed page, is a complex
+sequence of visual and other images, ideas, emotions, feelings,
+logical relations, swept along in the stream of consciousness,
+--differing, indeed, in certain ways from daily experience,
+but yet primarily of the web of life itself. The words in
+their nuances, march, tempo, melody add certain elements to
+this flood--hasten, retard, undulate, or calm it; but it is
+the THOUGHT, the understood experience, that is the stuff of
+literature.
+
+Words are first of all meanings, and meanings are to be
+understood and lived through. We can hardly even speak of
+the meaning of a word, but rather of what it is, directly,
+in the mental state that is called up by it. Every definition
+of a word is but a feeble and distant approximation of the
+unique flash of experience belonging to that word. It is not
+the sound sensation nor the visual image evoked by the word
+which counts, but the whole of the mental experience, to
+which the word is but an occasion and a cue. Therefore, since
+literature is the art of words, it is the stream of thought
+itself that we must consider as the material of literature.
+In short, literature is the dialect of life--as Stevenson
+said; it is by literature that the business of life is
+carried on. Some one, however, may here demur: visual signs,
+too, are the dialect of life. We understand by what we see,
+and we live by what we understand. The curve of a line, the
+crescendo of a note, serve also for wordless messages. Why
+are not, then, painting and music the vehicles of experience,
+and to be judged first as evocation of life, and only
+afterward as sight and hearing? This conceded, we are thrown
+back on that view of art as "the fixed quantity of imaginative
+thought supplemented by certain technical qualities,--of
+color in painting, of sound in music, of rhythmical words in
+poetry," from which is has been the one aim of the preceding
+arguments of this book to free us.
+
+The holders of this view, however, ignore the history and
+significance of language. Our sight and hearing are given
+to us prior to our understanding or use of them. In a way,
+we submit to them--they are always with us. We dwell in
+them through passive states, through seasons of indifference;
+moreover when we see to understand, we do not SEE, and when
+we hear to understand we do not hear. Only shreds of
+sensation, caught up in our flight from one action to another,
+serve as signals for the meanings which concern us. In
+proportion as action is prompt and effective, does the cue
+as such tend to disappear, until, in all matters of skill,
+piano-playing, fencing, billiard-playing, the sight or sound
+which serves as cue drops almost together out of consciousness.
+So far as it is vehicle of information, it is no longer sight
+or sound as such--interest has devoured it. But language
+came into being to supplement the lacks of sight and sound.
+It was created by ourselves, to embody all active outreaching
+mental experience, and it comes into particular existence to
+meet an insistent emergency--a literally crying need. In
+short, it is CONSTITUTED by meanings--its essence is
+communication. Sight and sound have a relatively independent
+existence, and may hence claim a realm of art that is largely
+independent of meanings. Not so the art of words, which can
+be but the art of meanings, of human experience alone.
+
+And yet again, were the evocation of life the means and
+material of all art, that art in which the level of imaginative
+thought was low, the range of human experience narrow, would
+take a low place in the scale. What, then, of music and
+architecture? Inferior arts, they could not challenge
+comparison with the poignant, profound, all-embracing art of
+literature. But this is patently not the fact. There is no
+hierarchy of the arts. We may not rank St. Paul's Cathedral
+below "Paradise Lost." Yet is the material of all experience
+is the material of all art, they must not only be compared,
+but "Paradise Lost" must be admitted incomparably the
+greater. No--we may not admit that all the arts alike deal
+with the material of expression. The excellence of music
+and architecture, whatever it may be, cannot depend on this
+material. Yet by hypothesis it must be through the use of
+its material that the end of beauty is reached by every art.
+A picture has lines and masses and colors, wherewith to play
+with the faculty of vision, to weave a spell for the whole man.
+Beauty is the power to enchant him through the eye and all
+that waits upon it, into a moment of perfection. Literature
+has "all thoughts, all passions, all delights"--the treasury
+of life--to play with, to weave a spell for the whole man.
+Beauty in literature is the power to enchant him, through
+the mind and heart, across the dialect of life, into a moment
+of perfection.
+
+
+III
+
+The art of letters, then, is the art whose material is life
+itself. Such, indeed, is the implication of the approval
+theories of style. Words, phrases, sentences, chapters, are
+excellent in so far as they are identical with thought in
+all its shades of feeling. "Economy of attention," Spencer's
+familiar phrase for the philosophy of style, his explanation
+of even the most ornate and extravagant forms, is but another
+name for this desired lucidity of the medium. Pater, himself,
+an artist in the overlaying of phrases, has the same teaching.
+"All the laws of good writing aim at a similar unity or
+identity of the mind in all the processes by which the word is
+associated to its import. The term is right, and has its
+essential beauty, when it becomes, in a manner, what it
+signifies, as with the names of simple sensations."<1> He
+quotes therewith De Maupassant on Flaubert: "Among all the
+expressions in the world, all forms and turns of expression,
+there is but ONE--one form, one mode--to express what I want
+to say." And adds, "The one word for the one thing, the one
+thought, amid the multitude of words, terms, that might just
+do: the problem of style was there!--the unique word, phrase,
+sentence, paragraph, essay, or song, absolutely proper to the
+single mental presentation or vision within."...
+
+<1> _Appreciations: An Essay on Style._
+
+Thought in words is the matter of literature; and words exist
+but for thought, and get their excellence as thought; yet, as
+Flaubert says, the idea only exists by virtue of the form.
+The form, or the word, IS the idea; that is, it carries along
+with it the fringe of suggestion which crystallizes the floating
+possibility in the stream of thought. A glance at the history
+of language shows how this must have been so. Words in their
+first formation were doubtless constituted by their imitative
+power. As Taine has said,<1> at the first they arose in contact
+with the objects; they imitated them by the grimaces of mouth
+and nose which accompanied their sound, by the roughness,
+smoothness, length, or shortness of this sound, by the rattle
+or whistle of the throat, by the inflation or contraction of
+the chest.
+
+<1> H. Taine, _La Fontaine et ses Fables_, p. 288.
+
+This primitive imitative power of the word survives in the
+so-called onomatapoetic words, which aim simply at reproducing
+the sounds of nature. A second order of imitation arises through
+the associations of sensations. The different sensations,
+auditory, visual, olfactory, tactile, motor, and organic have
+common qualities, which they share with other more complex
+experiences; of form, as force or feebleness; of feeling, as
+harshness, sweetness, and so on. It is, indeed, another case
+of the form-qualities to which we recurred so often in the
+chapter on music. Clear and smooth vowels will give the
+impression of volatility and delicacy; open, broad ones of
+elevation or extension (airy, flee; large, far). The consonants
+which are hard to pronounce will give the impression of effort,
+of shock, of violence, of difficulty, of heaviness,--"the round
+squat turret, black as the fool's heart;" those which are easy
+of pronunciation express ease, smoothness, fluidity, calm,
+lightness, (facile, suave, roulade);--"lucent syrops, tinct with
+cinnamon," a line like honey on the tongue, of which physical
+organ, indeed, one becomes, with the word "tinct," definitely
+conscious.
+
+In fact, the main point to notice in the enumeration of the
+expressive qualities of sounds, is that it is the movement in
+utterance which characterizes them. That movement tends to
+reproduce itself in the hearer, and carries with it its feeling-
+tone of ease or difficulty, explosiveness or sweetness long
+drawn out. It is thus by a kind of sympathetic induction rather
+than by external imitation that these words of the second type
+become expressive.
+
+Finally, the two moments may be combined, as in such a word as
+"roaring," which is directly imitative of a sound, and by the
+muscular activity it calls into play suggests the extended
+energy of the action itself.
+
+The stage in which the word becomes a mere colorless, algebraic
+sign of object or process never occurs, practically, for in any
+case it has accumulated in its history and vicissitudes a fringe
+of suggestiveness, as a ship accumulates barnacles. "Words carry
+with them all the meanings they have worn," says Walter Raleigh
+in his "Essay on Style." "A slight technical implication, a
+faint tinge of archaism in the common turn of speech that you
+employ, and in a moment you have shaken off the mob that scours
+the rutted highway, and are addressing a select audience of
+ticket-holders with closed doors." Manifold may be the
+implications and suggestions of even a single letter. Thus a
+charming anonymous essay on the word "Grey." "Gray is a quiet
+color for daylight things, but there is a touch of difference,
+of romance, even, about things that are grey. Gray is a color
+for fur, and Quaker gowns, and breasts of doves, and a gray
+day, and a gentlewoman's hair; and horses must be gray....Now
+grey is for eyes, the eyes of a witch, with green lights in
+them and much wickedness. Gray eyes would be as tender and
+yielding and true as blue ones; a coquette must have eyes of
+grey."
+
+Words do not have meanings, they ARE meanings through their
+power of direct suggestion and induction. They may become
+what they signify. Nor is this power confined to words alone;
+on its possession by the phrase, sentence, or verse rests the
+whole theory of style. The short, sharp staccato, the bellowing
+turbulent, the swimming melodious circling sentence ARE truly
+what they mean, in their form as in the objective sense of
+their words. The sound-values of rhythm and pace have been in
+other chapters fully dwelt upon; the expressive power of breaks
+and variations is worth noting also. Of the irresistible
+significance of rhythm, even against content, we have an
+example amusingly commented on by Mr. G.K. Chesterton in his
+"Twelve Types." "He (Byron) may arraign existence on the most
+deadly charges, he may condemn it with the most desolating
+verdict, but he cannot alter the fact that on some walk in a
+spring morning when all the limbs are swinging and all the
+blood alive in the body, the lips may be caught repeating:
+
+'Oh, there's not a joy the world can give like that it takes
+ away,
+When the glow of early youth declines in beauty's dull
+ decay.'
+
+That automatic recitation is the answer to the whole pessimism
+of Byron."
+
+
+IV
+
+Such, then, are some of the means by which language becomes
+identical with thought, and most truly the dialect of life.
+The genius will have ways, to which these briefly outlined
+ones will seem crude and obvious, but they will be none the
+less of the same nature. Shall we then conclude that the
+beauty of literature is here? that, in the words of Pater,
+from the essay I have quoted, "In that perfect justice (of
+the unique word)...omnipresent in good work, in function at
+every point, from single epithets to the rhythm of a whole
+book, lay the specific, indispensable, very intellectual
+beauty of literature, the possibility of which constitutes
+it a fine art."
+
+In its last analysis, such a conception of literature amounts
+to the unimpeded intercourse of mind with mind. Literature
+would be a language which dispenses with gesture, facial
+expression, tone of voice; which is, in its halts, accelerations
+and retardations, emphases and concessions, the apotheosis
+of conversation. But this clearness,--in the sublime sense,
+including the ornate and the subtle,--this luminous lucidity,--
+is it not quite indeterminate? Clearness is said of a medium.
+WHAT is it that shines through?
+
+Were this clearness the beauty we are seeking, whatever in
+the world that wanted to get itself said, would, if it were
+perfectly said, become a final achievement of literature. All
+that the plain man looks for, we must think rightly, in poetry
+and prose, might be absent, and yet we should have to
+acknowledge its excellence. Let us then consider this quality
+by which the words become what they signify as the specific
+beauty rather of style than of literature; the mere refining
+of the gold from which the work of art has yet to be made.
+Language is the dialect of life; and the most perfect language
+can be no more than the most perfect truth of intercourse. It
+must then be through the treatment of life, or the sense of
+life itself, that we are somehow to attain the perfect moment
+of beauty.
+
+The sense of life! In what meaning are these words to be
+taken? Not the completest sense of all, because the essence
+of life is in personal responsibility to a situation, and this
+is exactly what in our experience of literature disappears.
+First of all, then, before asking how the moment of beauty is
+to be attained, we must see how it is psychologically possible
+to have a sense of life that is yet purged of the will to live.
+
+All experience of life is a complication of ideas, emotions,
+and attitudes or impulses to action in varying proportions.
+The sentiment of reality is constituted by our tendency to
+interfere, to "take a hand." Sometimes the stage of our
+consciousness is so fully occupied by the images of others
+that our own reaction is less vivid. Finally, all conditions
+and possibilities of reaction may be so minimized that the
+only attitude possible is our acceptance or rejection of a
+world in which such things can be. What does it "matter" to
+me whether or not "the old, unhappy, far-off things" really
+happened? The worlds of the Borgias, of Don Juan, and of the
+Russian war stand on the same level of reality. Aucassin and
+Nicolette are as near to me as Abelard and Heloise. For in
+relation to these persons my impulse is NIL. I submit to
+them, I cannot change or help them; and because I have no
+impulse to interfere, they are not vividly real to me. And,
+in general, in so far as I am led to contemplate or to dwell
+on anything in idea, in so far does my personal attitude tend
+to parallel this impersonal one toward real persons temporally
+or geographically out of reach.
+
+Now in literature all conditions tend to the enormous
+preponderance of the ideal element in experience. My mind
+in reading is completely filled with ideas of the appearance,
+ways, manners, and situation of the people concerned. I leave
+them a clear field. My emotions are enlisted only as the
+inevitable fringe of association belonging to vivid ideas--
+the ideas of their emotions. So far as all the possibilities
+of understanding are fulfilled for me, so far as I am in
+possession of all the conditions, so far do I "realize" the
+characters, but realize them as ideas tinged with feeling.
+
+Here there will be asseverations to the contrary. What! feel
+no real emotion over Little Nell, or Colonel Newcome? no
+emotion in that great scene of passion and despair, the parting
+of Richard Feverel and Lucy,--a scene which none can read save
+with tight throat and burning eyes! Even so. It is not real
+emotion. You have the vivid ideas, so vivid that a fringe of
+emotional association accompanies them, as you might shudder
+remembering a bad dream. But the real emotion arises only
+from the real impulse, the real responsibility.
+
+The sense of life that literature gives might be described as
+life in its aspect as idea. That this fact is the cause of
+the peace and painlessness of literature--since it is by his
+actions, as Aristotle says, that man is happy or the reverse--
+need not concern us here. For the beauty of literature, and
+our joy in it, lie not primarily in its lack of power to hurt
+us. The point is that literature gives none the less truly a
+sense of life because it happens to be one extreme aspect of
+life. The literary way is only one of the ways in which life
+can be met.
+
+To give the sense of life perfectly--to create the illusion
+of life--is this, then, the beauty of literature? But we are
+seeking for the perfect moment of stimulation and repose. Why
+should the perfect illusion of life give this, any more than
+life itself does? So the "vision" of a picture might be
+intensely clear, and yet the picture itself unbeautiful. Such
+a complete "sense of life," such clear "vision," would show
+the artist's mastery of technique, but not his power to create
+beauty. In the art of literature, as in the art of painting,
+the normal function is but the first condition, the state of
+perfection is the end at which to aim.
+
+It is just this distinction that we can properly make between
+the characteristic or typical in the sense of differentiated,
+and the great or excellent in literature. In the theory of
+some writers, perfect fidelity to the type is the only
+originality. To paint the Russian peasant or the French
+bourgeois as he is, to catch the exact shade of exquisite
+soullessness in Oriental loves, to reproduce the Berserker
+rage or the dull horror of battle, is indeed to give the
+perfect sense of life. But the perfect, or the complete,
+sense of life is not the moment of perfect life.
+
+Yet to this assertion two answers might be made. The authors
+of "Bel-Ami," or "Madame Chrysantheme," or "The Triumph of
+Death," might claim to be saved by their form. The march of
+events, the rounding climax, the crystal-clear unity of the
+finished work, they might say, gives the indispensable union,
+for the perfect moment of stimulation and repose. No syllable
+in the slow unfolding of exquisite cadences but is supremely
+placed from the first page to the last. As note calls to
+note, so thought calls to thought, and feeling to feeling,
+and the last word is an answer to the first of the inevitable
+procession. A writer's donnee, they would say, is his own.
+The reader may only bed--Make me something fine after your
+own fashion!
+
+And they would have to be acknowledged partly in the right.
+In that inevitable unity of form there is indeed a necessary
+element of the perfect moment; but it is not a perfect unity.
+For the matter of their art should be, in the last analysis,
+life itself; and the unity of life itself, the one basic
+unity of all, they have missed. It is a hollow sphere they
+present, and nothing solid. Henry James has spent the whole
+of a remarkable essay on D'Annunzio's creations in determining
+the meaning of "the fact that their total beauty somehow
+extraordinarily fails to march with their beauty of parts,
+and that something is all the while at work undermining that
+bulwark against ugliness which it is their obvious theory of
+their own office to throw up." The secret is, he avers, that
+the themes, the "anecdotes," could find their extension and
+consummation only in the rest of life. Shut out, as they are,
+from the rest of life, shut out from all fruition and
+assimilation, and so from all hope of dignity, they lose
+absolutely their power to sway us.
+
+It might be simpler to say that these works lack the first
+beauty which literature as the dialect of life can have--they
+lack the repose of centrality; they have no identity with the
+meaning of life as a whole. It could not be said of them, as
+Bagehot said of Shakespeare: "He puts things together, he
+refers things to a principle; rather, they group themselves
+in his intelligence insensibly around a principle;...a cool
+oneness, a poised personality, pervades him." But in these
+men there is no cool oneness, no reasonable soul, and so they
+miss the central unity of life, which can give unity to
+literature. Even the apparent structural unity fails when
+looked at closely; the actions of the characters are seen to
+be mechanical--their meaning is not inevitable.
+
+The second answer to our assertion that the "sense of life" is
+not the beauty of literature might call attention to the fact
+that SENSE of life may be taken as understanding of life. A
+complete sense of life must include the conditions of life, and
+the conditions of life involve this very "energetic identity"
+on which we have insisted. And this contention we must admit.
+So long as the sense of life is taken as the illusion of life,
+our words hold good. But if to that is added understanding of
+life, the door is open to the profoundest excellences of
+literature. Henry James has glimpsed this truth in saying that
+no good novel will ever proceed from a superficial mind.
+Stevenson has gone further. "But the truth is when books are
+conceived under a great stress, with a soul of ninefold power,
+nine time heated and electrified by effort, the conditions
+of our being seized with such an ample grasp, that even should
+the main design be trivial or base, some truth and beauty
+cannot fail to be expressed."
+
+
+V
+
+The conditions of our being! If we accept, affirm, profoundly
+rest in what is presented to us, we have the first condition of
+that repose which is the essence of the aesthetic experience.
+And from this highest demand can be viewed the hierarchy of the
+lesser perfections which go to make up the "perfect moment" of
+literature. Instead of reaching this point by successive
+eliminations, we might indeed have reached it in one stride.
+The perfect moment across the dialect of life, the moment of
+perfect life, must be in truth that in which we touch the
+confines of our being, look upon our world, all in all, as
+revealed in some great moment, and see that it is good--that
+we grasp it, possess it, that it is akin to us, that it is
+identical with our deepest wills. The work that grasps the
+conditions of our being gives ourselves back to us completed.
+
+In the conditions of our being in a less profound sense may
+be found the further means to the perfect moment. Thus the
+progress of events, the development of feelings, must be in
+harmony with our natural processes. The development, the
+rise, complication, expectation, gratification, the suspense,
+climax, and drop of the great novel, correspond to the natural
+functioning of our mental processes. It is an experience that
+we seek, multiplied, perfected, expanded--the life moment of
+a man greater than we. This, too, is the ultimate meaning of
+the demands of style. Lucidity, indeed, there must be,--
+identity with the thought; but besides the value of the thought
+in its approximation to the conditions of our being, we seek
+the vividness of that thought,--the perfect moment of
+apprehension, as well as of experience. It is the beauty of
+style to be lucid; but the beauty of lucidity is to reinforce
+the springs of thought.
+
+Even to the minor elements of style, the tone-coloring, the
+rhythm, the melody,--the essence of beauty, that is, of the
+perfect moment, is given by the perfecting of the experience.
+The beauty of liquids is their ease and happiness of utterance.
+The beauty of rhythm is its aiding and compelling power, on
+utterance and thought. There is a sensuous pleasure in a
+great style; we love to mouth it, for it is made to mouth.
+As Flaubert says somewhat brutally, "Je ne said qu'une phrase
+est bonne qu'apres l'avoir fait passer par mon gueuloir."
+
+In the end it might be said that literature gives us the
+moment of perfection, and is thus possessed of beauty, when
+it reveals ourselves to ourselves in a better world of
+experience; in the conditions of our moral being, in the
+conditions of our utterance and our breathing;--all these,
+concentric circles, in which the centre of repose is given
+by the underlying identity of ourselves with this world.
+Because it goes to the roots of experience, and seeks to give
+the conditions of our being as they really are, literature
+may be truly called a criticism of life. Yet the end of
+literature is not the criticism of life; rather the
+appreciation of life--the full savour of life in its entirety.
+The final definition of literature is the art of experience.
+
+
+VI
+
+But then literature would give only the perfect moments of
+existence, would ignore the tragedies, ironies, pettiness of
+life! Such an interpretation is a quite mistaken one. As
+the great painting uses the vivid reproduction of an ugly
+face, a squalid hovel, to create a beautiful picture, beautiful
+because all the conditions of seeing are made to contribute to
+our being made whole in seeing; so great literature can attain
+through any given set of facts to the deeper harmony of life,
+can touch the one poised, unconquerable soul, and can reinforce
+the moment of self-completeness by every parallel device of
+stimulation and concentration. And because it is most often
+in the tragedies that the conditions of our being are laid
+bare, and the strings which reverberate to the emotions most
+easily played upon, it is likely that the greatest books of all
+will be the tragedies themselves. The art of experience needs
+contrasts no less than does the visual or auditory art.
+
+This beauty of literature, because it is a hierarchy of beauties
+more and less essential, exists in all varieties and in all
+shades. If the old comparison and contrast of idealism and
+realism is referred to here, it is because that ancient
+controversy seems not even yet entirely outworn. If realism
+means close observation of facts and neglect of ideas, and
+idealism, neglect of prosaic facts and devotion to ideas, then
+we must admit that realism and idealism are the names of two
+defective types. Strictly speaking, whatever goes deep enough
+to the truth of things, gets nearer reality, is realism; yet
+to get nearer reality is to attain true ideas, and that is
+idealism too. The great work of literature is realistic
+because it does not lose sight of the ideal. Our popular use
+of idealistic refers, indeed, to the world seen through rose-
+colored glasses; but for that possible variety of literary
+effort it is better to use the word Romance. Romance is the
+world of our youthful dreams of things, not as they do happen,
+but as, without any special deeper meaning, we should wish them
+to happen. That is the world of the gold-haired maiden, "the
+lover with the red-roan steed of steeds," the purse of
+Fortunatus, the treasure-trove, the villain confronted with
+his guilt. "Never the time and the place and the loved one
+all together!" But in Romance they come together. The total
+depravity of inanimate things has become the stars in their
+courses fighting for us. Stevenson calls it the poetry of
+circumstance--for the dreams of youth are properly healthy
+and material. The salvage from the wreck in "Robinson Crusoe,"
+he tells us, satisfies the mind like things to eat. Romance
+gives us the perfect moment of the material and human--with
+the divine left out.
+
+It has sometimes been made a reproach to critics--more often,
+I fear, by those who hold, like myself, that beauty and
+excellence in art are identical--that they discourse too little
+of form in literature, and too much of content. But all our
+taking thought will have been vain, if it is not now patent
+that the first beauty of literature is, and must be, its
+identity with the central flame of life,--the primal conditions
+of our being. Thus it is that the critic is justified in
+asking first of all, How does this man look on life? Has he
+revealed a new--or better--the eternal old meaning? The
+Weltanschauung is the critic's first consideration, and after
+that he may properly take up that secondary grasp of the
+conditions of our being in mental processes, revealed in the
+structure, march of incidents, suspense, and climaxes, and the
+beauty or idiosyncracy of style. It is then literally false
+that it does not matter what a man says, but only how he says
+it. What he says is all that matters, for it will not be great
+thought without some greatness in the saying. Art for art's
+sake in literature is then art for life's sake, and the
+"informing purpose," in so far as that means the vision of our
+deepest selves, is its first condition.
+
+And because the Beauty of Literature is constituted by its
+quality as life itself, we may defer detailed consideration
+of the species and varieties of literature. Prose and poetry,
+drama and novel, have each their own special excellences
+springing from the respective situations they had, and have,
+to meet. Yet these but add elements to the one great power
+they all must have as literature,--the power to give the
+perfect experience of life in its fullness and vividness, and
+in its identity with the central meanings of existence,--unity
+and self-completeness together,--in a form which offers to our
+mental functions the perfect moment of stimulation and repose.
+
+
+
+VII
+
+THE NATURE OF THE EMOTIONS OF THE DRAMA
+
+
+VII
+
+THE NATURE OF THE EMOTIONS OF THE DRAMA
+
+I
+
+THAT psychologist who, writing on the problems of dramatic
+art, called his brochure "The Dispute over Tragedy," gave
+the right name to a singular situation. Of all the riddles
+of aesthetic experi8ence, none has been so early propounded,
+so indefatigably attempted, so variously and unsatisfactorily
+solved, as this. What is dramatic? What constitutes a
+tragedy? How can we take pleasure in painful experiences?
+These questions are like Banquo's ghost, and will not down.
+
+The ingenious Bernays has said that it was all the fault of
+Aristotle. The last phrase of the famous definition in the
+"Poetics," which should relate the nature, end, and aim of
+tragedy, is left, in his works as we have them, probably
+through the suppression or loss of context, without elucidating
+commentary. And the writers on tragedy have ever since so
+striven to guess his meaning, and to make their answers square
+with contemporary drama, that they have given comparatively
+slight attention to the immediate, unbiased investigation of
+the phenomenon itself. Aristotle's definition is as follows:<1>
+"Tragedy, then, is an imitation of an action that is serious,
+complete, and of a certain magnitude; in language embellished
+with each kind of artistic ornament, the several kinds being
+found in separate parts of the play: in the form of action,
+not of narrative; through pity and fear effecting the proper
+purgation of these emotions." In what follows, he takes up
+and explains this definition, phrase by phrase, until the very
+last. What is meant by the Purgation (Katharsis) through pity
+and fear? It is at least what tragedy "effects," and is thus
+evidently the function of tragedy. But a thing is determined,
+constructed, judged, according to its function; the function
+is, so to speak, its genetic formula. With a clear view of
+that, the rest of the definition could conceivably have been
+constructed without further explanation; without it, the key
+to the whole fails. "Purgation of these emotions;" did it
+mean purification of the emotions, or purgation of the soul
+FROM the emotions? And what emotions? Pity and fear, or
+"these and suchlike," thus including all emotions that tragedy
+could bring to expression?
+
+<1> S.H. Butcher, _Aristotle's Theory of Poetry and Fine Art_,
+1895.
+
+Our knowledge of the severely moral bent of the explicit art
+criticism of the Greeks has inclined many to accept the first
+interpretation; and modern interests impel in the same direction.
+It is natural to think of the generally elevating and softening
+effects of great art as a kind of moral clarifying, and the
+question how this should be effected just by pity and fear was
+not pressed. So Lessing in the "Hamburgische Dramaturgie" takes
+Katharsis as the conversion of the emotions in general into
+virtuous dispositions.
+
+Before we ask ourselves seriously how far this represents our
+experience of the drama, we must question its fidelity to the
+thought of Aristotle; and that question seems to have received
+a final answer in the exhaustive discussion of Bernays.<1>
+Without going into his arguments, suffice it to say that
+Aristotle, scientist and physician's son as he was, had in
+mind in using this striking metaphor of the Katharsis of the
+emotions, a perfectly definite procedure, familiar in the
+treatment, by exciting music, of persons overcome by the ecstasy
+or "enthusiasm" characteristic of certain religious rites.
+Bernays quotes Milton's preface to "Samson Agonistes:" "Tragedy
+is said by Aristotle to be of power, by raising pity and fear,
+or terror, to purge the mind of those and such like passions;
+that is, to temper and reduce them to just measure with a kind
+of delight, stirred by reading or seeing those passions well
+imitated. Nor is Nature wanting in her own effects to make
+good his assertion; for so in physic, things of melancholic
+hue and quality are used against melancholy, sour against
+sour, salt to remove salt humours," adding "the homoeopathic
+comparison shows how near he was to the correct notion."
+Bernays concludes that by Katharsis is denoted the "alleviating discharge" of the emotions themselves. In other words, pity
+and fear are bad, and it is a good thing to get rid of them
+in a harmless way, as it is better to be vaccinated than to
+have small pox.
+
+<1> _Zwei adhandlungen uber d. Aristotelische Theories d.
+Drama_, 1880.
+
+Now this alleviating discharge is pleasurable (meth hedones),
+and the pleasure seems, from allied passages, to arise not in
+the accomplished relief from oppression, but in the process
+itself. This becomes intelligible from the point of view of
+Aristotle's definition of pleasure as an ecstatic condition of
+the soul. For every emotion contains, according to Aristotle,
+be it ever so painful, an ecstatic degree would effect, at the
+same time with an alleviating discharge, a pleasure also. Pity
+and fear are aroused to be allayed, and to give pleasure in the
+arousing and the relief.
+
+Such, approximately, is Aristotle's view of the Tragic Emotion,
+or Katharsis. Is it also our own? To clear the field for this
+inquiry, it will be well first of all to insist on a distinction
+which is mostly discounted in significance because taken for
+granted. We speak o Aristotle's Katharsis as the Tragic Emotion,
+forgetting that to-day Tragedy and the Tragic are no longer
+identical. Aristotle conceives himself to be dealing with the
+peculiar emotion aroused by a certain dramatic form, the name
+of which ha nothing to do with its content. For Tragedy is
+literally goat-song, perhaps from the goat-skins worn by the
+first performers of tragedy disguised as satyrs. Since then
+we have borrowed the name of that dramatic form to apply to
+events which have the same type or issue as in that form. In
+popular speech to-day the word tragic attaches itself rather
+to the catastrophe than to the struggle, and therefore, I cannot
+but think, modern discussion of "the tragic" is wrong in
+attempting to combine the Aristotelian and the modern shades
+of meaning, and to embody them both in a single definition.
+Aristotle is dealing with the whole effect of the dramatic
+representation of what we should call a tragic occurrence. It
+is really the theory of the dramatic experience and not of the
+tragic, in our sense, which occupies him. Therefore, as I say,
+we must not assume, with many modern critics, than an analysis
+of the tragic in experience will solve the problem of the
+Katharsis. Our "tragic event," it is true, is of the kind
+which dramatically treated helped to bring about this peculiar
+effect. But the question of Aristotle and our problem of
+Katharsis is the problem of the emotion aroused by the Tragic
+Drama. What, then, is the nature of dramatic emotion?
+
+
+II
+
+The analogy of Aristotle's conception of the emotion of
+tragedy with certain modern views is evident. To feel pain
+is to live intensely, it is said; to be absorbed in great,
+even though overwhelming, events is to make us realize our
+own pulsing life. The criticism to be made on this theory
+is, however, no less simple: it consists merely in denying
+the fact. It does not give us pleasure to have painful
+emotions or to see other people's sorrows, in spite of the
+remains of the "gorille feroce" in us, to which Taine and
+M. Faguet attribute this imputed pleasure. And if we feel
+pleasure, excitement, elevation in the representation of
+the tragic, it must be due to some other element in the
+experience than the mere self-realization involved in
+suffering. It is indeed our first impulse to say that the
+painful quality vanishes when the exciting events are known
+to be unreal; pity and fear are painful because too intense,
+and in the drama are just sufficiently moderated. The
+rejoinder is easy, that pity and fear are never anything,
+but painful down to the vanishing point. The slight pity
+for a child's bruised finger is not more pleasurable because
+less keen; while our feeling, whatever it is, for Ophelia
+or Gretchen, becomes more pleasurable in proportion to its
+intensity.
+
+It is clear that the matter is not so simple as Aristotle's
+psychology would make it. Pity and fear do not in themselves
+produce pleasure, relief, and repose. These emotions as
+aroused by tragedy are either not what we know as pity and
+fear in real life, or the manner of their undergoing brings
+in an entirely new element, on which Aristotle has not
+touched. In some way or other the pity and fear of tragedy
+are not like the pity and fear of real life, and in this
+distinction lies the whole mystery of the dramatic Katharsis.
+
+But there is an extension of Aristotle's theory, lineally
+descended from that of Lessing, which professes to elucidate
+this difference and must be taken account of, inasmuch as it
+represents the modern popular view. Professor Butcher, in
+his edition of the "Poetics," concludes, on the basis of a
+reference in the "Politics" implying that the Katharsis of
+enthusiasm is not identical with the Katharsis of pity and
+fear, that the word is to be taken less literally, as an
+expulsion of the morbid elements in the emotions,--and these
+he takes to be the selfish elements which cling to them in
+real life. Thus "the spectator, who is brought face to face
+with grander sufferings than his own, experiences a
+sympathetic ecstasy, a listing out of himself. It is
+precisely in this transport of feeling, which carries a man
+outside his individual self, that the distinctive tragic
+pleasure resides. Pity and fear are purged of the impure
+element which clings to them in life. In the glow of tragic
+excitement these feelings are so transformed that the net
+result is a noble emotional satisfaction."
+
+In spite of our feeling that the literal and naive reading
+of the analogy was probably after all nearer Aristotle's
+meaning, we may accept the words of Professor Butcher as its
+modern formulation. They sound, indeed, all but a truism:
+yet they are seen on examination to glide lightly over some
+psychological difficulties. Firstly, the step is a long
+one from the pity and fear felt by the Greek toward or about
+the actors, to a sharing of their emotion. The one is a
+definite external relation, limited to two emotions; the
+other, the "sympathetic ecstasy," opens the door to all
+conceivable emotions, and needs at least to be justified.
+But, secondly, even suppose the step taken; suppose the
+"sympathetic imitation" conceded as a fact: the objections
+to Aristotle's interpretation are equally applicable to
+this. Why should this "transport of sympathetic feeling"
+not take the form of a transport of pain? Why should the
+net result be "a noble emotional satisfaction?" If pity
+and fear remain pity and fear, whether selfish or unselfish,
+it doth not yet appear why they are emotionally satisfactory.
+The "so transformed" of the passage quoted assumes the point
+at issue and begs the question. That is, if this transformation
+of feeling does indeed take place, there is at least nothing
+in the nature of the situation, as yet explained, to account
+for it. But explanation there must be. To this, the lost
+passage on the Katharsis must have been devoted; this, every
+thorough-going study of the theory of the drama must make
+an indispensable preliminary. What there is in the nature
+of tragic art capable of transforming painful to pleasurable
+emotion must be made clear. Before we can accept Professor
+Butcher's view of the function of Tragedy, its possibility
+as a psychological experience must be demonstrated. For the
+immediately pleasurable aesthetic effect of Tragedy, a certain
+kind of pity and fear, operating in a special way, are required.
+It must be thus only in the peculiar character of the emotions
+aroused that the distinctive nature of the tragic experience
+consists. What is this peculiar character?
+
+
+III
+
+A necessary step to the explanation of our pleasure in
+supposedly painful emotions is to make clear how we can feel
+any emotion at all in watching what we know to be unreal, and
+to show how this emotion is sympathetic, that is, imitative,
+rather than of an objective reference. In brief, why do we
+feel WITH, rather than toward or about, the actors?
+
+The answer to this question requires a reference to the current
+theory of emotion. According to modern psychologists, emotion
+is constituted by the instinctive response to a situation; it
+is the feeling accompanying very complicated physical reactions,
+which have their roots in actions once useful in the history
+of mankind. Thus the familiar "expression" of anger, the
+flushed face, dilated nostril, clenched fist, are remains or
+marks of reactions serviceable in mortal combat. But these,
+the "coarser" bodily changes proper to anger, are accompanied
+by numberless organic reactions, the "feel" of all of which
+together is an indispensable element of the emotion of anger.
+The point to be noted in all this is that these reactions are
+ACTIONS, called up by something with which we literally HAVE
+TO DO.
+
+A person involved in real experience does not reproduce the
+emotions about him, for in real life he must respond to the
+situation, take an attitude of help, consolation, warning;
+and the character of these reactions determines for him an
+emotion of his own. Even though he really do nothing, the
+multitudinous minor impulses to action going to make up his
+attitude appreciably interfere with the reproduction of the
+reactions of the object of his interest. In an exactly
+opposite way the artificial conditions of the spectator at a
+play, which reinforce the vivid reproduction of ideas, and
+check action, stifle those emotions directed toward the players,
+the objective emotions of which we have spoken. The spectator
+is completely cut off from all possibilities of influence on
+events. Between his world and that across the footlights an
+inexpressible gulf is fixed. He cannot take an "attitude,"
+he can have nothing to do in this galere. Since he may not
+act, even those beginnings of action which make the basis of
+emotion are inhibited in him. The spectator at a play experiences
+much more clearly and sharply than the sympathetic observer;
+only the proportions of his mental contents are different.
+This, I say, accounts for the absence of the real pity and
+fear, which were supposed to be directed toward the persons
+in the play. But so far as yet appears there is every reason
+to expect the sympathetic reproduction of the emotions of the
+persons themselves.
+
+Let us briefly recall the situation. The house is darkened
+and quiet; all lines converge to the stage, which is brightly
+lighted, and heightened in visual effect by every device known
+to art. The onlooker's mind is emptied of its content; all
+feeling of self is pushed down to its very lowest level. He
+has before him a situation which he understands through sight
+and hearing, and in which he follows the action not only by
+comprehension, but by instinctive imitation. This is the great
+vehicle of suggestion. We cannot see tears rise without moisture
+in our own eyes; we reproduce a yawn even against our will; the
+sudden or the regular movement of a companion we are forced to
+follow, at least incipiently. Now the expression which we
+imitate brings up in us to a certain extent the whole complex
+of ideas and feeling-tones belonging to that expression.
+Moreover, the more closely we attend to it, the more explicitly
+do we imitate it, by an evident psychological principle. Thus
+in the artificially contrived situation of the spectator at a
+play, he is forced, not only to understand intellectually, but
+also to FOLLOW, quite literally, the emotional movements of
+the actors. The process of understanding, raised to the highest
+pitch, involves by its very nature also reproduction of what is
+understood. The complex of the ideas and associations of the
+persons of the play is ideally reproduced. Are not the organic
+reactions belonging to these set up too?--not directly, in
+response to a situation in which the spectator may act, but
+directly, by reproduction of the mental contents of one who
+may act, the person of the drama. The final answer to this
+question contains, to my mind, the whole kernel of the dramatic
+mystery, and the starting-point for an aesthetic theory of
+tragedy.
+
+
+IV
+
+Every play contains at least two actors. The suggestion of
+states of mind does not come from the hero alone, but is given
+by two persons, or groups of persons, at once. These persons
+are, normally, in conflict. Othello menaces, Desdemona shrinks;
+Nora asserts her right, Hilmar his claim; L'Aiglon vaunts his
+inherited personality, Metternich--holds the candle to the
+mirror! But what of the spectator? He cannot at once shrink
+and menace, assert and deny, as the conditions of sympathetic
+reproduction would seem to demand. Real emotion implies a
+definite set of reactions of the nature of movements; and two
+opposed movements cannot take place at the same time. Ideas,
+however, can dwell together in amity. The spectator has a
+vivid picture of Othello and Desdemona together; but his
+reactions have neutralized each other, and his emotions, lacking
+their organic conditions, are in abeyance.
+
+This is the typical dramatic moment, for it is the one which
+is alone characteristic of the drama. Only in the simultaneous
+realization of two opposing forces is the full mutual checking
+of emotional impulses possible, and it is only in this
+simultaneous realization that the drama differs from all other
+forms of art. When the two antagonistic purposes are actually
+presented to the onlooker in the same moment of time, then alone
+can be felt the vividness of realization, the tension of conflict,
+the balance of emotion, the "alleviation" of the true Katharsis!
+
+But what is this? No emotion after all, when the very traditional
+test of our enjoyment of a play is the amount of feeling it
+arouses!--when hearts beat, hands clench, tears flow! Emotion
+there is, it may not be denied; but not the sympathetic emotions
+of the traditional theory.
+
+What emotion? The mutual checking of impulses in a balance, a
+tension, a conflict which is yet a bond; and this it is which
+is the clue to the excitement or exaltation which in the dramatic
+experience usurps the place of definite feeling. We have met
+this phenomenon before. Aesthetic emotion in general, we have
+heard, consists just in the union of a kind of stimulation or
+enhanced life, with repose; a heightening of the vital energies
+unaccompanied by any tendency to movement,--in short, that
+gathering of forces which we connect with action, and which is
+felt the more because action is checked. Just such a repose
+through equilibrium of impulses is given by the dramatic conflict.
+Introspection makes assurance doubly sure. The tense exaltation
+of the typical aesthetic experience, undirected, unlimited, pure
+of personal or particular reference, is reproduced in this
+nameless ecstasy of the tragic drama. The mysterious Katharsis,
+the emotion of tragedy, is, then, a special type of the unique
+aesthetic emotion.
+
+And it is the singular peculiar characteristic of the drama--
+the face to face confrontation of forces--which furnishes these
+conditions. As we might have foreseen, the peculiar Katharsis,
+or pleasurable disappearance or alleviation of emotion in
+tragedy, is based on just those elements in which the drama
+differs from other forms of art. Confrontation, and not action,
+as the dramatic principle, is the important deduction from our
+theory;--is, indeed, but the objective aspect of it.
+
+The view of confrontation as the dramatic principle is confirmed
+by dramatic literature. We emphasize in our study of Greek plays
+their simplicity of plot, their absence of intrigue, their
+sculptural, bas-relief quality. The Greek drama makes of a poem
+a crisis, says M. Faguet. A tragedy is a well-composed group,
+a fine contrast, a beautiful effect of imposing symmetry--as
+in the "Antigone," "on one side civil law in all its blind
+rigor, on the other moral law in all its splendor." The only
+element in common with the modern type is found in the conflict
+of wills. Could such a play as the "Suppliants" of Euripedes
+find any aesthetic justification, save that it has the one
+dramatic essential--confrontation, balance of emotions? The
+very scenes of short speeches, of objurgation or sententious
+repartee, which cannot but have for us an element of the
+grotesque, must have been as pleasing as they were to the Greek
+audience, from the fact that they brought to sharpest vision
+the confrontation of the two antagonists. The mediaeval drama,
+which has become popularly known in "Everyman," is nothing but
+a succession of duels, material or spiritual. It is indeed the
+two profiles confronting one another, our sympathy balanced,
+and suspended, as it were, between them, which characterize our
+recollections of this whole great field. The modern critics and
+comparers of English and French drama are fond of contrasting
+the full, rich, even prodigal characterization, rhetorical and
+lyrical beauty of the Shakespearean drama with the cold, clear,
+logical, but resistless movement of the French. Yet the contrast
+is not quite that between characterization and form; the essential
+form is common to both. In the first place, Elizabethan drama
+was platform drama--that is, by the testimony of contemporaries,
+little concerned with anything but the succession of more or less
+unconnected scenes between two or three persons. And we see
+clearly that the great dramatic power of "Hamlet," for instance,
+must lie, not in the movement of a wavering purpose, but in the
+separate scenes of his struggle, each one wonderfully rich, vivid,
+balanced, but almost a unit in itself. On the theory that the
+true dramatic form is logical progress, dramatic--as contrasted
+with literary--power would have to be denied to "Hamlet." The
+aesthetic meaning of "Lear" is not in the terrible retribution
+of pride and self-will, but in the cruel confrontation of father
+and daughters.
+
+This is no less true of the first great French plays. It is
+certainly not the resistless movement of the intrigue which
+makes the "Misanthrope," "Tartufe," the "Precieuses Ridicules,"
+masterpieces of comedy as well as of literature. Their dramatic
+value lies in their piquancy of confrontation. The tug-of-war
+between Alceste and Celimene, between Rodrigue and Chimene in
+"Le Cid," is what we think of as dramatic; and it is this same
+element which is found as well in the complicated and overflowing
+English plays. And in modern French drama, for all its "logic,"
+the dominating factor is the "scene a faire,"--what I have called
+the scene of confrontation. The notoriously successful scene in
+the English drama of to-day, the duel of Sophy and Lord Quex--
+tolerably empty of real feeling or significance though it is--
+becomes successful merely through the consummate handling of
+the face-to-face element. Only by admitting this aesthetic
+moment of arrest can we allow dramatic value to such a play as
+"Les Affaires sont les Affaires"--a truly static drama. The
+hero of this is, in the words of a reviewer, "essentially the
+same force in magnitude and direction from the rise to the fall
+of the curtain. It does not move; it is we who are taken around
+it so that we may see its various facets. It is not moulded by
+the successive incidents of the play, but only disclosed by
+them; sibi constat." Yet we cannot deny to the play dramatic
+power; and the reason for this is, as I believe, because it
+does, after all, possess the dramatic essential--not action, but
+tension.
+
+
+V
+
+It will be demanded, however, what place there is then for a
+temporal factor, if the typical dramatic experience depends upon
+the great scene? It cannot be denied that the drama is a work
+of art developed in time, like music and poetry. It comes to a
+climax and a resolution; it evolves its harmonies like the
+symphony, in irrevocable order. We cannot afford to neglect,
+in such an aesthetic analysis, what is an undoubted element in
+dramatic effect, the so-called inevitable march of events. In
+answer to this objection we may hold that the temporal factor
+is a corollary of the primary demand for confrontation. It is
+necessary that the confrontation or conflict should be vividly
+imagined, with all possible associative reinforcements--that
+it should be brought up to the turn of the screw, as it were.
+For this, then, motivation is absolutely necessary. An attitude
+is only clearly "realized" when it is made to seem inevitable.
+It takes complete possession of our minds only when it inhibits
+all other possibilities. At any given scene, the power of a
+part to reproduce itself in us is measured by the convincing
+quality given it by motivation, and for this there must be a
+full body of associations to draw on, to round out and complete
+understanding. The villain of the play is, for instance, less
+completely "suggested" to us, because our associations are
+supposedly less rich for such characters; as a beggar hypnotized
+and made to feel himself a king has meagre mental equipment for
+the part. Now, this inner possession can come about only
+through the compelling force of a long course of preparation.
+In providing such an accumulation of impulses, none was greater
+than the younger Dumas--and none had to be greater! To make
+his audience accept--that is, identify itself with--the action
+of the hero in "Denise," or the mother's decision in "Les Idees
+de Mms. Aubray," so subversive of general social feeling, and
+thereby to experience fully the great dramatic moment in each
+play, there had to go the effect of innumerable small impulses.
+And to realize some situations is even beyond the scope of a
+play's development. It is an acute remark of Mr. G.K.
+Chesterton's, that many plays nowadays turn on problems of
+marriage: which subject is one for slow years of adjustment,
+patience, adaptation, endeavor; while the drama requires quick
+decisions, bouleversements, etc., and would do wisely to
+confine itself to fields in which such bouleversements can be
+made credible. At any rate, motivation is desirable for the
+dramatic confrontation, and time--the working-out--is an
+essential condition of motivation. To make the dramatic
+conflict ever sharper and deeper, until it either melts into
+harmony, or ceases through the destruction of one element, is
+the whole duty of the development, and makes it necessary.
+That development is temporal, is, dramatically, only a device
+for damming the flood that it may break at last with greater
+force.
+
+This, too, is an answer to the objection that if confrontation
+is the dramatic essential, bare opposition, because the clearest
+confrontation, would be the greatest drama, and the "Suppliants"
+of Euripedes be indeed an example of it. Bare opposition is
+never real confrontation in our sense, for that must be an
+arrest, a mutual antagonism of all impulses of soul and sense.
+It must possess the whole man. It needs to take in "all
+thoughts, all passions, all delights," to be complete, and the
+measure of its completeness is the measure of its aesthetic
+value.
+
+In the same way, the demand for profound truth and significance
+in the drama is clearly to be reached from the purely dramatic
+need. Inner "possession," the condition for our dramatic
+tension, depends not alone on the cumulation of suggestions--
+suggestion in its, so to speak, quantitative aspect. The
+attitude of a character must be necessary in itself: that is,
+it must be true to the great and general laws of life. If it
+is fundamentally false, even with the longest and completest
+preparation, it rings hollow. We cannot completely enter
+into it. Thus we see that the one central requirement, the
+dramatic germ, leads to the most far-reaching demands for
+logic, sanity, and morality in the ideas of a play.
+
+This should not be interpreted as exhausting the aesthetic
+value of logic and morality in the drama. The drama is a
+species of literature: and these qualities, apart from the
+fact that they are necessary to the full dramatic moment,
+have also an aesthetic effect proper to themselves. Thus
+the development ha the beauty which lies in a necessary
+progress; but this beauty is common to the epic, the novel,
+and the symphony, while the unity given by the confrontation
+and tension of simultaneous forces belongs to the drama alone.
+It is therefore development as serving the dramatic end that
+I have deduced.
+
+Yet we may well recall here the other aspect of the experience.
+Analogous to the pleasure in rhythm and in music, in which the
+awaited beat or tone slips, as it were, into a place already
+prepared for it, with the satisfaction of harmonious nervous
+adjustment, is the pleasure in an inevitable and irrevocable
+progress. For it is not felt as inevitable unless the whole
+crystallization of the situation makes such, and only such,
+an action or thought necessary at a certain point in the
+structure, makes it to a certain extent anticipated, and so
+recognized with acclaim on its appearance. We will an event
+in anticipating and accepting it; and we realize it as it
+comes. Nothing more is to be found in the psychological
+analysis of the will itself--theoretically, the two states
+are nearly identical. Thus this continual anticipation and
+"coming true" takes on the feeling-tone of all volition; and
+so in music, as I have shown at length, and in drama, and to
+a degree in all forms of literature, we have the illusion of
+the triumphant will. This is the secret of that creative joy
+felt by the spectator at a drama, which has been so often
+noted. It is this illusion of the triumphant will, too, which
+enters largely into our acceptance of the tragic end. Much
+has been said, in the "dispute over tragedy," of the so-called
+"Resignation" of the tragic hero, and of the audience in relation
+to his fate. But I believe that these writers are wrong in
+connecting this resignation primarily with a moral attitude.
+What is foreseen as perfectly inevitable, is sufficiently
+"accepted" in the psychological sense--that is, vividly imagined
+and awaited,--to contribute to this illusion of volition. Hence
+arise, for the catastrophe of drama, that exaltation and stern
+joy which are indissolubly connected with the experience of
+will in real life.
+
+
+VI
+
+We have spoken of the dramatic, and have desired to show that
+its peculiar aesthetic experience arises out of the tension or
+balance of emotion in the confrontation of opposing forces. If
+this is a fruitful theory, it should throw light on the
+distinction between the different forms of the drama, and on
+the principal issues of that "Dispute over Tragedy" which is
+always with us.
+
+The possible results of a meeting of two forces are these.
+Both forces, or one force, may be destroyed; or, short of
+destruction, the two may melt into harmony, or one may give
+way before the other. I think it may be said that these
+alternatives represent the distinctions of Tragedy and Comedy.
+When two aims are absolutely irreconcilable, and when the forces
+tending to them are important,--that is, powerful,--there must
+be somewhere destruction, and we have tragedy. When they are
+reconcilable, if they are important, we have serious comedy;
+when not important, or not envisaged as important, we have
+light comedy. Thus Tragedy and Comedy are closely related,--
+more closely than we are prone to think. In the words of the
+late Professor Everett, in "Poetry, Comedy, and Duty:" "The
+tragic is, like the comic, simply the incongruous. The great
+Tragedy of Nature, which is called the Struggle for Existence,
+results simply from a greater or less incongruousness between
+any form of life and its surroundings....The comic is found
+in an incongruous relation considered merely as to its FORM,
+while the tragic is found in an incongruous relation taken as
+to its reality." For this word incongruity I would substitute
+collision or conflict. When there is no way out, we have
+Tragedy; when there is a way out, we have Comedy. And when
+things are taken superficially enough, there always is a way
+out, for we can at least always agree to disagree. In any case,
+the end of the conflict is a period, repose, unity. This seems
+to be borne out by immediate introspection. The feelings with
+which we come from a great tragedy or a great comedy are indeed
+almost identical. The excitement, tension, sunk into repose,
+are common to both; the satisfaction with a good ending is
+strangely paralleled by our resignation to a bad one,--
+significant of our real indifference to the fact, so long as
+the Aesthetic Unity is reached.
+
+In George Meredith's wonderful little essay on the Comic Spirit,
+this view is rather remarkably confirmed. He has defined
+Comedy as the contrast of the middle way, the way of common
+sense, with our human vagaries, "Comme un point fixe fait
+remarquer l'emportement des autres." Comedy, he says, teaches
+the world to understand what ails it...."Comedy is the fountain
+of sound sense," and again, "the use of the true comedy is to
+awaken thoughtful laughter." "Men's future upon earth does
+not attract it; their honesty and shapeliness in the present
+does; and whenever they wax out of proportion, overblown,
+affected, pretentious, bombastical, hypocritical, pedantic,
+fantastically delicate; whenever it sees them self-deceived or
+hoodwinked, given to run riot in idolatries, drifting into
+vanities, congregating in absurdities, planning shortsightedly,
+plotting dementedly; whenever they are at variance with their
+professions, and violate the unwritten but perceptible laws
+binding them in consideration one to another; whenever they
+offend sound reason, fair justice; are false in humility or
+moved with conceit, individually or in the bulk--the Spirit
+overhead will look humorously malign and cast an oblique light
+on them, followed by volleys of silvery laughter. That is
+the Comic Spirit." The Comic Spirit is the just common sense,
+the subconscious wisdom of the ages. There IS a golden mean,
+the Comic Spirit shows it to us in the light of our flashing
+laughter at the deviation therefrom. And because there is,
+even the unreconciled--reconcilable--difference or conflict
+is not serious. That is why true Comedy seems to find its
+best field in a developed social life. The incongruities of
+human nature hurt is they are pressed too deep, because they
+are irreconcilable; they too quickly edge the tragic gulf.
+But the incongruities of the conventional life do not hurt
+when pressed. To change our metaphor, adjustment to the
+middle way is here so easily credible and possible, that it
+is the very hunting-ground for the Comic Spirit.
+
+The reputed masterpiece of Moliere shows us Alceste and Celimene
+in the end still at odds. But light-heartedness and sincerity
+are not to common sense incompatible, and thus we are rightly
+led up to the impasse by paths of laughter. Wherever the
+middle way is divined, there is the possible entrance of the
+Spirit of Comedy. It is certainly a detriment to the purely
+Tragic effect of Pinero's greatest play, that the middle way,
+the possibility of reconciliation, is shadowed forth in the
+last word,--the cry of the stepdaughter of the Second Mrs.
+Tanqueray, "If I had only been more merciful!" Dumas fils
+would never have allowed that. He would have written his play
+around that thought, and made it indeed a reconciling drama--
+or he would have suppressed the cry. The end of Romeo and
+Juliet--date I confess it?--has always hovered for me close
+to that border which is not sublime. For the hapless lovers
+missed all for want of a little common sense. There was naught
+inevitable in their plight. I see the Comic Spirit leaning
+across to stay the hand of the impetuous Romeo. Why not take
+a moment's sober thought? she murmurs.
+
+Tragedy ensues when there is no way out. It is not that ruin
+or death for those in whom these forces are embodied is of the
+essence of the situation; only that in the complete destruction
+of a force or purpose when it has been embodied in a strong
+desperate character, the death of that character is usually
+involved. There is no solution but to cut the knot. The
+tragic has been defined as "that quality of experience whereby,
+in and through some serious collision, followed by fatal
+catastrophe or inner ruin, something valuable in personality
+becomes manifest, either as sublime or admirable in the hero,
+or as triumph of an idea." But "Lear," "Macbeth," "Hamlet,"
+"Oedipus King," "Othello," exist to contravene this view. No,
+the tragic (in its first sense, in the sense derived from the
+dramatic form from which it is named) is in the collision
+itself; it is the profound and, to our vision, the irreconcilable
+antagonism of different elements in life. And in life we
+accept it because we must; we transcend it because, as moral
+beings, we may. The sublime in actual tragic experience is the
+reaction of the unconquerable Soul. In tragic literature
+another appears. We are helped in transcending the essential
+contradictions of life presented to us, because the conditions
+of literature in "preparing" an event create for us the illusion
+of volition, the acceptance of fate. And in the tragic drama,
+to all these elements of the complex experience, there is added
+the exaltation of the aesthetic "arrest," the tension of
+confrontations.
+
+The question of the "highest" or "most tragic" form of tragedy
+seems to have been settled by general agreement. It has been
+held that the tragic of the justified opposing force is the
+more full of meaning and importance, for the reason that more
+interesting and complex feelings are called into play on each
+side than in the case of the unjustified opposing force. But
+the definition of the tragic drama we have won seems further
+to illuminate our undoubted preference for this type. We
+demand aesthetically all that will make the confrontation,
+the dramatic tension, more clearly felt; and we cannot realize
+fully a side which should be unjustified. In such a play as
+Maeterlinck's "Aglavaine and Selysette" there is no movement,
+and even the conflict is subterranean; yet, as all the
+characters are in their way noble, and in their way justified,
+we find it among the most poignant of his plays. Nay, more,
+in any situation the more nearly the conflict is shown to be
+absolutely inevitable, arising out of the very nature of life
+as we know it,--completely justified, or at least FELT as
+inevitable on both sides,--the more are we shaken by the
+distinctive tragic emotion. The conflict of duties to one's
+self and to the world is the sharpest of tragedies. Luther,
+as Freytag well shows, is a really tragic figure from the
+moment when we conceive of the inner connection of his
+intolerance with all that is good and great in his nature.
+As the expression of such a conflict of impulses good in
+themselves, "Magda" is a great tragedy than the "Joy of
+Living;" "Ghosts" than "Hedda Gabler;" the story of "Francesca
+Da Rimini" (I do not mean D'Annunzio's play) than "La Citta
+Morta."
+
+What, then, shall be said of the so-called tragic "Guilt," in
+which the hero rushes on impiously to his doom? It is clear
+that this question is closely related to the much-debated
+"Greatness" of the tragic hero. If there is guilt, there must
+be also greatness, to impress that side of the canvas on our
+vision. It is, indeed, almost a quantitative problem.
+Strength, energy, depth of passion, breadth of vision, power
+and place, ravish our attention and our unconscious imitation.
+What is lacking in extensity of associative reproduction must
+be added in intensity. And, in fact, we find that it is the
+giants who bear the tragic "Schuld." Hamlet is not guilty;
+rather "one like ourselves," in Aristotle's phrase, and
+therefore he need not be great. I agree with Volkelt's view
+that even the traditional tremendous will of the tragic hero
+may be dispensed with. No doubt it is most often strength
+of will which brings out the original conflict. But that
+conflict once given, as it is given, for example, in "Hamlet,"
+the main point is to increase the weight of each side, which
+can indeed be done by other elements of greatness. On the
+other hand, I disagree with Volkelt's reason for thus
+exempting will, which is, that the contrast feeling of "how
+great a fall was there" may be given by other qualities in
+the hero than that of will. As I have urged, it is not the
+catastrophe which is of the tragic essence, and therefore
+not for the sake of the catastrophe that we should marshal
+our elements. The climax of tragedy and of our feeling is
+in the deadlock of forces, and whatever is not absolutely
+essential thereto may be done without.
+
+
+VII
+
+The phenomenon of our aesthetic reaction on the so-called
+painful experiences of the drama has then been discussed at
+length and accounted for. There is an undoubted emotional
+experience of great intensity; and yet that emotion turns
+out to be not the emotion IN the drama, but rather the
+emotion FROM the drama,--a unique independent emotion of
+tension, otherwise a form of the characteristic aesthetic
+emotion with which we have been before engaged. The playwright
+who scornfully rejects the spectator supposed to be aesthetic,
+ideally contemplative and emotionally indifferent, is
+vindicated. There must be a vivid emotional effect, but it
+is the spectator's very own, and not a copy of the hero's
+emotion, because it is the product of the essential form of
+the drama itself, the confrontation of forces.
+
+Secondly, that confrontation of forces has revealed itself
+as indeed essential. This is not the time-honored view of
+tragedy as collision, which has been arrived at simply by
+observing that great tragic dramas are mostly collisions,
+making the drama a picture thereof, but not explaining why
+it must be such. I have tried, on the contrary, to show that confrontation is a necessary product of the bare form of
+dramatic representation,--two people face to face. But if
+this bare form or scheme of confrontation is understood and
+interpreted as profoundly as possible, then all the other characteristics of the tragic drama are seen to flow from it;
+and thus for the first time to be really explained by being
+accounted for. The tragic drama not only is, but must be,
+collision, because confrontation, understood as richly as
+possible, must be collision. It must be "inevitable," and
+it must have movement, because only so is the confrontation
+reinforced.
+
+In brief, others have said that the drama, or tragedy, is
+conflict, the perfect opposition of two forces. We should
+rather say that the drama is first of all picture, living
+representation of colloquy; as such, it is balance,
+confrontation; and confrontation to its ideal degree of
+intensity is conflict. No drama can dispense with picture;
+and so no drama is free from the obligation to add unto itself
+these other qualities also. The acting play is the play of
+confrontations.
+
+
+
+VIII
+THE BEAUTY OF IDEAS
+
+VIII
+THE BEAUTY OF IDEAS
+
+I
+
+THE Idea of Beauty has been greatly widened since the age of
+Plato. Then, it was only in order, proportion, unity in
+variety, that beauty was admitted to consist; to-day we hold
+that the moderns have caught a profounder beauty, the beauty
+of meanings, and we make it matter for rejoicing that nothing
+is too small, too strange, or too ugly to enter, through its
+power of suggestion, the realm of the aesthetically valuable;
+and that the definition of beauty should have been extended
+to include, under the name of Romantic, Symbolic, Expressive,
+or Ideal Beauty, all of the elements of aesthetic experience,
+all that emotionally stirs us in representation. But while
+this view is a natural development, it is not of necessity
+unassailable; and it is open to question whether the addition
+of an independent element of expression to the older definition
+of beauty can be justified by its consequences for art.
+
+Such an inquiry, however, cannot stop with the relation of the
+deeper meanings of modern art to the conception of beauty. It
+must go further and find out what elements, the sensuous form
+or the ideas that are bound up with it, in a work of art, of
+the classical as well as of the idealistic type, really
+constitute its aesthetic value. What is it that makes the
+beauty of the "Venus of Milo"? Is it the pose and the modeling,
+or the idea of the eternal feminine that it expresses to us?
+What is it that makes the beauty of St. Mark's or of Giotto's
+tower? the relation of the lines and masses or the sacred
+significance of the edifices they go to form? What is it that
+makes the beauty of the Ninth Symphony? the perfection of the
+melodic sequence, or the Hymn of Joy, the message from the
+Infinite which they are meant to utter?
+
+The antithesis between these two points of view is, of course,
+not the same as that other antithesis between "art for art's
+sake" and art in the light of its moral meanings and effects.
+What we now call romantic or expressive art can certainly be
+made the more fruitful in moral suggestions; but this fact
+bears not at all on the question of what belongs fundamentally
+to the nature of beauty. We know, moreover, that on this
+matter the camps of the formalists and the romanticists are
+divided. The Greeks, the lovers of formal beauty, were so
+alive to the moral effects of art that their theories were in
+danger of being quite overwhelmed by this view. On the other
+hand, the lovers of ideas in art, the natural enemies, as one
+would have thought, of art for art's sake, have been most often
+impatient of any consideration of its moral elements or effects.
+This second question, then, of art as pleasure or as moral
+influence can be once for all excluded from the discussion. So
+far as yet appears, the issue is between form and expression.
+
+There is, perhaps, some point of common agreement from which
+to survey and distinguish more exactly these two diverging
+tendencies. Such a coign of vantage is offered by the nature
+of the aesthetic attitude,--for since Kant there has been among
+aestheticians no essential difference of opinion on this point.
+The aesthetic attitude, all agree, is disinterested. We care
+for the image or appearance of the object, for the way its
+form affects us, and not for the actual existence of the object
+itself. If I delight aesthetically in a cluster of grapes, I
+do not want to eat them, but only to enjoy their image, and my
+feeling of pleasure, as aesthetic, would not be changed if
+before me were only a mirage, an hallucination, or a picture.
+It is just the pleasure in perception that appeals to me,--
+therein both schools agree,--and the only matter at issue is
+the question of what this disinterested pleasure of perception
+includes. Is that pleasure bound up with the mechanisms of
+perception itself, or does it come from the end of the process
+and the ease with which it is reached,--from the IDEA, in the
+contemplation of which we delight?
+
+One school asserts that the real pleasure in perception comes
+only from form. The given object is beautiful, through its
+original qualities of line, color, or sound, which strike the
+special senses in a way that is pleasing to them; and through
+its combinations of these qualities, which affect the whole
+human organism in a directly pleasurable way. What is outside
+of the given object of art--is meant, suggested, or recalled
+by it--belongs, it is said, to absolutely unaesthetic processes,
+as is shown by the fact that many things, which we are the first
+to acknowledge as ugly, are the exciting cause of great thoughts
+and delightful associations. The opposed school maintains that
+the meanings of a work of art are all that it exists for. The
+presentation of an idea, by whatever sensuous means, so only
+that they be transparent, and the joy of the soul in contemplating
+this idea, must be the object and the end of art. The later
+idealists admit value to the form only in so far a it may
+express, convey, symbolize, or suggest the content, whether as
+pure idea, or as a shadowing forth of the Divine World-Meaning.
+
+These theories are certainly intelligible; but the results of
+applying them with logical consistency are rather terrifying.
+Andrew Lang says somewhere that the logical consequence of the
+formal theory of art in all its nakedness would make Tennyson
+the youth, Swinburne, and Edgar Poe the greatest poets of the
+world, and those delicious effusions of Edward Lear, "The
+Jumblies" and "On the Coast of Coromandel," masterpieces. Yet
+if we allow the idealists to pass sentence, what shall become
+of our treasures in "Kubla Khan," or "Ueber allen Gipfeln," or
+"La Nuit de Decembre"? The results of such a judgment day
+would be even more appalling to the true lover of poetry.
+Moreover, if the idea, the end of art, need not reside in the
+object itself, but may arise therefrom by subtle suggestion,
+the complications of poetry or painting are unnecessary. A
+geometric figure may remind us of the constitution of the
+world of space, a sundial, of the transitoriness of human
+existence, and with a "chorus-ending from Euripedes," the whole
+sweep of the cosmic meanings is upon us. In the words of Fra
+Lippo Lippi:--
+
+ "Why, for this,
+ What need of art at all? A skull and bones,
+ Two bits of stick nailed crosswise, or what's best,
+ A bell to chime the hours with, does as well."
+
+
+II
+
+In spite of this, however, a place for ideas must clearly be
+found in our definition of beauty; and yet it must be so
+limited and bound to the beautiful form that corollaries such
+as we have just drawn will be impossible. An interesting
+attempt to reconcile these two points of view--to establish
+an organic relation between form and idea--is found in "The
+Sense of Beauty" by Professor George Santayana. The central
+point of this writer's theory is his definition of beauty as
+the objectification of pleasure. Aesthetic experience, he
+says, is based partly on form, partly on expression, but the
+pleasure felt is always projected into the object, and is
+felt as a quality of it. All kinds of external associations
+may connect themselves with the work of art, but so long as
+they remain external, and keep, so to speak, their values
+for themselves, they cannot be said to add beauty to the
+object. But when they are present only in their effect,--
+a diffused feeling of pleasure,--that diffused feeling is
+attributed directly to the object, is felt as if it inheres
+therein, and so the object becomes more beautiful, for beauty
+is objectified pleasure. Professor Santayana designates form
+as beauty in the first term, and expression as beauty in the
+second term. Beauty in the first term can exist alone,--not
+so beauty in the second term. It must have a little beauty
+of the first term to graft itself upon. "A map, for instance,
+is not usually thought of as an aesthetic object, and yet,
+let the tints of it be a little subtle, let the lines be a
+little delicate, and the masses of land and sea somewhat
+balanced, and we really have a beautiful thing, the charm of
+which consists almost entirely in its meaning.
+
+Now here, it seems to me, is a weak point in Professor
+Santanaya's armor. If such wonderful elements of beauty can
+be projected into a fairly colorless object by virtue of its
+fringe of suggestiveness, why should not beauty of the second
+term be felt in objects without that little bit of intrinsic
+worth of form? Is not such indeed the fact? What else is
+the meaning of the story of "Beauty and the Beast"? The squat
+and hideous Indian idol, the scarabaeus, the bit of Aztec
+pottery, become attractive and desired for themselves by virtue
+of their halo of pleasure from dim associations. And all these
+values are felt as completely OBJECTIFIED, and so fulfill the
+requirements for "beauty in the second term." That small
+amount of intrinsic beauty on which to graft the beauty of the
+second term is, therefore, not a necessary condition, so that
+we are left, on Professor Santayana's theory, with the strange
+paradox of so-called beautiful objects which are, nevertheless,
+confessedly ugly.
+
+What, then, is the flaw in this definition? While we concede
+the objectification of pleasure in all these cases, we cannot,
+it would seem, admit a corresponding change from non-aesthetic
+to aesthetic feelings. The personal attitude towards an object,
+based on sentiments objectified in it, and the aesthetic
+attitude are two different things. The truth is, that all this
+objectified tone-feeling is directly dependent on the original
+real existence of the object that calls it up, and on our
+practical personal relation to it, and is thus, by universal
+agreement, definitely non-aesthetic. I enjoy the cast of the
+great Venus very nearly as much as the original,--but who cares
+for casts of the Aztec gods, or of the prehistoric carvings of
+the reindeer period? Who wants an imitation scarabaeus? To
+have the real thing, to see it, to touch it, to know that it
+has had real experiences that would fill me with wonder and with
+awe, "to love it for the danger it has passed,"--to feel that
+I myself am through it actually linked with its mysterious
+history,--that is the value it has for me; not a pleasure of
+perception at all, but a very definite, practical interest in
+my own personality. If the pleasure lay only in disinterested
+perception, any representation of the object ought to have the
+same value.
+
+What, then, the author of "The Sense of Beauty" calls "the
+beauty of the second term,"--the power to suggest feeling
+through the medium of associated ideas,--we may deny to impart
+any aesthetic character whatever. Professor Santayana has,
+indeed, mediated between the formalists and the idealists;
+but his theory would lead us to attributions of beauty from
+which common sense revolts; and we have seen the secret of its
+deficiency to lie in the confusion of the personal with the
+aesthetic attitude. If now we amend his definition, "Beauty
+is objectified pleasure," to "Beauty is objectified aesthetic
+pleasure," we are advanced no further.
+
+
+III
+
+The problem stands, then: how to provide for the presence of
+ideas in the work of art, and the definite emotions aroused by
+it, either by bringing them somehow into the definition of beauty
+in itself, or by showing how their presence is related to the
+full aesthetic experience. But, first of all, we have to ask
+how the aesthetic pleasure even in formal beauty is constituted,
+and to what extent expression belongs to the beauty of pure
+form. Form is impressive, or directly beautiful, through its
+harmony with the conditions offered by our senses, primarily of
+sight and hearing, and through the harmony of its combinations
+of suggestions and impulses with the entire organism. I enjoy
+a well-composed picture like Titian's "Sacred and Profane Love,"
+because the good composition means such a balanced relation of
+impulses of attention, of incipient movements, as harmonizes
+with such an organism as mine, tending to move toward both
+sides, and yet unified and stable; and because the combination
+of colors is at once stimulating and soothing to my eyes. So
+much for IMPRESSION, beauty of the first term. But it is not
+only that harmonious state of my visual and motor functions
+that I get out of the form of a picture. No, I have, besides
+all this pleasure, a real exhilaration or emotion, a definite
+mood of repose or gayety or triumph, without any fringe of
+association, which yet certainly contributes to my feeling of
+the beauty of the experience, and so of the work of art. How
+did it come out of the form?
+
+Well, this very harmonious excitation of the organism has
+brought with it just such an organic reverberation as, the
+current theory of emotion asserts, must be at the bottom of
+all our emotional states. A certain sequence of nervous shocks
+and of vasomotor changes, certain stimulations and relations
+and contractions of the internal organs have been set up as the
+"diffusive wave" from the sense-stimulations, and a particular
+emotional tinge is the result. That is a direct impression,
+but an expression too. Take the same case on a much lower
+level. A glass of wine makes me cheerful, not because it
+arouses cheerful ideas directly, but because the organic changes
+it sets up are such as belong to the MOTIVATED expression of
+joy, and have the same effect. A deep, slow movement played by
+an orchestra can affect me in two ways. It may be that I have
+usually connected that sort of music with religious experiences,
+and all the profound and inspiring feelings belonging thereto;
+and so I transfer those feelings to the music and give it those
+adjectives. Or the slowness of the rhythmic pulse that is set
+up in me, the largeness, the volume, the depth of sound, all
+bring about in me the kind of nervous state that belongs to a
+reposeful and yet deeply moved feeling. The second experience
+is expression through impression, through the inward changes
+that the form itself sets up. The first is expression through
+the medium of something external,--an idea which brings with it
+a feeling,--something that does not belong to the music itself,
+but to my own individual experiences.
+
+This distinction between internal and external expressiveness
+is perfectly clear for music, and also for architecture. In
+painting, too, it can easily be traced. We know the effect
+that is produced by broken lines, by upward moving ones,--like
+the "always aspiring" of the Gothic cathedral. The low-lying,
+wide expanses of some of the old Dutch landscapists give us
+repose, not because they remind us of the peaceful happiness
+of the land, but because we cannot melt ourselves into all
+those horizontal lines without that restful feeling which
+accompanies such relaxation; and our emotion is read into the
+picture as AESTHETIC pleasure, because it came out of the
+abstract forms,--the PAINTING in the picture.
+
+The beauty of form is thus seen to be inseparably allied with
+a certain degree of emotional expressiveness in a way that
+does not distract, like the association of ideas, from the
+pure aesthetic experience. This quality of expressiveness
+should not, however, become a part of the definition of beauty,
+so that it should be said that the greater the emotional
+expressiveness, the more beautiful the object. For if that
+were true, such music, for instance, as all acknowledge quite
+mediocre, would be felt as most beautiful by those who find in
+it a strong and definite emotion; and a Strauss waltz, which
+makes us more merry than one by Mendelssohn, should be in so
+far more beautiful. This, of course, we are not ready to
+concede; and it seems, therefore, most logical to regard the
+special emotional effects of formal beauty rather as a corollary
+to, than as a part of, the essential aesthetic mood. But if we
+give the name emotion to that perfectly vague but unmistakable
+excitement with which we respond to purely formal beauty,--that
+indescribable exaltation with which we listen to "absolute"
+music,--then we must say that that emotion is but another name
+for aesthetic pleasure. Objectively, we have formal beauty;
+subjectively, on the physiological side, a harmonious action
+of the organism, and on the mental side the undefined exaltation
+which is known as aesthetic pleasure.
+
+
+IV
+
+Up to this point, however, we have considered only the relation
+between purely formal beauty and the various shades of emotional
+response to it; now we may turn to the original question which
+we set ourselves, how to provide, in our definition of beauty,
+for the presence of ideas in the work of art. No one will deny
+that the full aesthetic experience cannot be dismissed with the
+treatment of formal beauty; and, although Professor Santayana's
+"beauty in the second term" may be rejected as a pure individual,
+arbitrary, interested, and hence unaesthetic element, the
+explicit content of a work of art cannot be ignored. The
+suggested ideas aroused by an old rose garden may be no addition
+to its beauty, but the same cannot be said of the great ideas
+contained directly in Shakespeare's poetry. Yet great ideas
+alone do not make great art, else we must count Aristotle and
+Spinoza and Kant great poets too. Must we then be satisfied to
+rest in the dualism of those who maintain that great creations
+of art are the expression of great truths under the laws of
+poetic form? Is the aesthetic expression indeed the recognition
+of truth plus the feeling of beauty of form, or is it a fusion
+of these into a third undivided pulse of aesthetic emotion? Is
+there no way of overcoming, for those arts which do express
+ideas, this dualism of form and content in our theory of the
+beautiful?
+
+Let us analyze a little more closely this notion of the content.
+Music and architecture cannot properly be said to have any
+content, although they have a meaning according to their uses,
+like a funeral dirge and a hymn of joy, a prison and a temple.
+But this meaning is extraneous. It is given by the work itself
+only in so far as the form induces the emotion which belongs to
+the idea,--as the dirge, sadness; the temple, awe. The idea of
+burial or of worship is nowhere to be found in the work of art.
+In the hierarchy of arts, paining and sculpture show the first
+trace of a content. This content, however, is at once seen to
+be susceptible of farther analysis. The "Sistine Madonna"
+pictures a mother and child worshiped, which may be called the
+subject,--but this does not exhaust the content. The real
+meaning of the picture, to which may be given the name of THEME,
+is the divine element in maternal love. The subjects of
+Donatello's "John the Baptist" and "Saint George," of Michael
+Angelo's "David" and "Moses," can be described only as men of
+Different types in different attitudes; their themes, however,
+are moral ideas, expressing the moral significance of each
+personality. The subject of "The Angelus" is given in its
+name; its theme is humble piety. From the infinite number of
+possible examples one more will suffice,--the well-known "War"
+by Franz Stuck, in the Neue Pinacothek,--the subject a youth,
+under a lurid sky, trampling under his horse's feet the bodies
+of the slain. The theme is again a moral idea,--the horrors of
+war.
+
+If we now ask whether we can attribute beauty to the ideas of
+painting and sculpture, a negative answer is at once suggested.
+It is manifestly impossible to establish an order of aesthetic
+excellence between these subjects. The idea of peasants telling
+their beads is more beautiful than the idea of a ruthless
+destroyer only in so far as it is morally higher; and this
+distinction, therefore, has reference to the theme and not to
+the subject. How far, however, moral and aesthetic excellence
+are coincident is a question for which we are not yet ready.
+At this point we care only to point out that the mere idea of
+a picture is neither aesthetic nor the reverse.
+
+But, it may be objected, is not our first thought in stopping
+before a picture like the "War," "What a wonderful idea"? It
+is the idea and not the form which strikes us, it may be said,
+even though we may be quite unimpressed by the value of its
+moral significance. Nevertheless, this view of our own mental
+processes may be held to the illusory. What really strikes us
+is the UNITY of the conception. The lurid sky, the dark, livid
+faces of the dead--the whole color scheme, in short, is so
+contrived as to impress directly, as previously explained,
+without the medium of an idea, with that particular tinge of
+emotional tone which ought to be also the accompaniment of the
+idea of the horrors of war. The emotion is thus the enveloping
+unity which binds the subject and theme and the pictorial form
+together. In this sense, when we say, "What a wonderful idea!"
+we really mean, what a wonderful fitness of form to idea,--
+which is the same as saying, what a wonderful form, or more
+technically, what a wonderful unity. That part of the effect
+of beauty in a picture which is due to the idea is thus the
+fundamental but merely abstract element of unity, contributing
+to the complex aesthetic state only the simplest condition.
+
+The case of literature presents an entirely new problem, for
+the material of literature is itself, first of all, idea.
+Literature deals with words, and words exist only by virtue of
+their meanings. Even the sound of words is of importance
+primarily for the additional meanings which it suggests, as the
+word liquid first means a fluid substance, and then by its
+sound suggests ease and smoothness, and only last of all is
+noted as melodious. Thus since meanings, ideas, are the
+material of literature, we can speak of the beauty of ideas
+in literature only by an artificial sundering of elements that
+are properly in fusion. Yet as we may speak of a motive or
+musical idea and its working out, although strictly the idea
+involves its own working out, so we may conceive of the central
+thought of a literary work, and of its development. But the
+relation here is not of content and form, like the content and
+form of a picture; rather that of concentrated and diluted
+form. So, too, as in music, we may distinguish form and
+structure. Structure is offered to the intellect--it clears
+and vivifies understanding; it is not felt, it is perceived.
+Anything which is made up of parts--beginning, middle, and end,
+climax and resolution--possesses structure. But form in the
+intimate sense is the intrinsic, inevitable relation of cause
+and effect; in this sense, it is seen to be truly content also.
+In literature, as to structure, it is the relation of parts:
+as to form, it is the succession of events, the movement,
+combination and resolution of separate ideas and emotions,
+which give us aesthetic pleasure or the reverse. As action
+must follow excitement, or despair satiety, so the relation
+of parts, the order of presentation, must be adapted to mutual
+reinforcement. Thus the porter's scene in "Macbeth" is related
+to the neighboring scenes, as De Quincey has shown in his famous
+essay. And just as in music the feeling of "rightness" ensues
+when the awaited note slips into place, so the feeling of
+"rightness" comes when the inevitable consequences follow the
+premise of a plot.
+
+The particular separate ideas of such a development partake of
+beauty, then, in so far as they minister to the movement of the
+whole, just as the separate lines in a swaying, swirling robe
+of one of Botticelli's women minister to the whole conception.
+The catastrophe, in other words, must be as inevitably related
+to the sequence of ideas as the final chords of a symphony to
+the sequence of notes. The attitude of mind with which we
+welcome it is the same, whether on the plane of the responses
+of the psychological organism or of the ideal understanding.
+
+
+V
+
+But before finally relegating the idea to its place in the
+aesthetic scheme, we must ask whether the specific emotional
+content can claim independent aesthetic value; for we can
+scarcely ignore the fact that almost all naive response to
+literature, and indeed to all forms of art, is, or is believed
+to be, specifically emotional. Maupassant, in his introduction
+to "Pierre et Jean," distinguishes thus between the demand of
+the critic--"Make me something fine according to your temperament,"
+--and the cry of the public--"Move me, terrify me, make we weep!"
+And yet to the assertion of common sense that the desire of the
+naive enjoyer of art is definite emotional excitement, we may
+venture to oppose a negative. The average person who weeps at
+the theatre, or over a novel, would no doubt repudiate the
+suggestion that it is not primarily the emotion of terror, or
+pity, that he feels. But a closer interpretation shows that
+it is almost impossible to disengage, in such an experience, the
+particular emotions. What is felt is rather pleasurable excitement,
+pleasure raised to the pitch of exaltation, with a fringe of
+emotional association. The notion of specific emotions is
+illusory in the same sense that our notion of pleasure from
+specific emotions in listening to music is illusory. The ordinary
+descriptions of music are all couched in emotional or even
+ideational terms,--from the musical adventures of "Charles
+Auchester" down,--and yet we know, as Gurney says, that when, in
+listening to music, we think we are yearning after the unutterable,
+we are really yearning after the next note; and when we think it
+is the yearning that gives us pleasure, it is really the triumphant
+acceptance of the melodic rightness of that next note. So the
+much-discussed Katharsis, or emotion of Tragedy, is not the
+experience of emotions and pleasure in that experience, but
+rather pleasure in the experience of ideas, tinged with emotion,
+which belong to each other with precisely that musical rightness.
+Katharsis is indeed not the mark of Tragedy alone, although in
+Tragedy it has a very great relative intensity; it is ultimately
+only a designation for the specific aesthetic pleasure, to which
+I can give no better name than the oft-repeated one of triumphant
+acquiescence in the rightness of relations. We think we feel a
+situation directly, but what we really feel is pleasure in the
+rightness of the manner of the event, and in the moment of perfect
+experience it gives us. Such specific emotion as may be detected
+in any aesthetic experience is, then, covered by the definition
+of beauty only in so far as it has become form rather than content,
+--is valuable only in its relations rather than in itself. The
+experience of pity or fear, even though generalized, unselfish,
+etc.,--after the various formulas of the expounders of dramatic
+emotion,--does not impart aesthetic character of itself; it
+becomes aesthetic only if it appears at such a point in the
+tragedy, linked in such a way to the developing plot, that it
+belongs to the unified and reciprocally harmonious circle of
+experiences.
+
+
+VI
+
+But we have up to this time consistently neglected the central
+idea of the work of art, and its claim to be included in the
+aesthetic formula. We have defined beauty as that which brings
+about a state of harmonious completeness, of repose in activity,
+in the psychophysical and psychological realms. This harmonious
+repose can exist only with a disinterested attitude toward the
+objects which have brought this state about. Whether the Melian
+Venus or "Hamlet" or "Lohengrin" live, we care not; only that
+if they live, it shall be SO. In this sense, our attitude is
+interested, our will is active, but only toward the existence
+of the form. But with the introduction of the central theme, we
+cease to be disinterested,--our hypothetical is changed to an
+affirmative. The moral idea we must accept or reject, for it
+bears a direct relation to our personality. We will, or do not
+will, that, in the real world in which we ourselves have to live
+and struggle, certain forces shall be operative,--that there
+shall be the beauty of health, as in the "Discobolus;" material
+love which is divine, as in the "Sistine Madonna;" that war shall
+be horrible; that sloth unstriven against shall triumph over
+love, as in "The Statue and the Bust;" that defiance of the
+social organism shall involve self-destruction, as in "Anna
+Karenina." The person or the combination of events expressing
+this idea we do not seek in our personal experience, but we do
+demand for our own a world in which this idea rules. Thus it
+must be admitted that there is, strictly speaking, at the core
+of every aesthetic response to a work of art containing an idea,
+a non-aesthetic element, an element of personal and interested
+judgment.
+
+On the other hand, this affirmation or acceptance of a moral idea
+implies the quietude of the will; just that state of harmony, of
+repose, which we have found to be the mark of the aesthetic on
+the lower planes of being. In so far, then, as we accept the
+moral idea which a work of art presents, in so far that idea has
+the power of bringing us to the state of harmony, and in so far
+it is beautiful. And vice versa, works of art which leave us in
+a state of moral rebellion are unbeautiful, not because they are
+immoral, but because they are disturbing to the moral sense.
+Literature which ignores the fundamental moral principle of the
+freedom of the will, like the works of Flaubert, Maupassant, much
+of Zola, Loti, and Thomas Hardy, fails of beauty, inasmuch as it
+fails of the perfect reposeful harmony of human nature in its
+entirety.
+
+Thus a thoroughgoing analysis of the nature of the aesthetic
+experience in its simplest and most sensuous form has given us
+a principle,--the principle of unity in harmonious functioning,--
+which has enabled us to follow the track of beauty into the more
+complex realms of ideas and of moral attitudes, and to discover
+that there also the law of internal relation and of fitness for
+imitative response holds for all embodiments of beauty. That
+harmonious, imitative response, the psychophysical state known
+on its feeling side as aesthetic pleasure, we have seen to be,
+first, a kind of physiological equilibrium, a "coexistence of
+opposing impulses which heightens the sense of being while it
+prevents action," like the impulses to movement corresponding
+to geometrical symmetry; secondly, a psychological equilibrium,
+in which the flow of ideas and impulses is a circle rounding
+upon itself, all associations, emotions, expectations indissolubly
+linked with the central thought and leading back only to it, and
+proceeding in an irrevocable order, which it yet adapted to the
+possibilities of human experience; and thirdly, a quietude of
+the will, in the acceptance of the given moral attitude for the
+whole scheme of life. Thus is given, in the fusion of these
+three orders of mental life, the perfect moment of unity and
+self-completeness.
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg Etext The Psychology of Beauty, by Ethel D. Puffer
+
diff --git a/3751.zip b/3751.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f76629e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/3751.zip
Binary files differ
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f9e0f0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #3751 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/3751)